PacT Series

MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

User Guide
PacT Series offers world-class breakers and switches.

DOCA0265EN-04
09/2025

[Link]
Legal Information
The information provided in this document contains general descriptions, technical
characteristics and/or recommendations related to products/solutions.
This document is not intended as a substitute for a detailed study or operational and
site-specific development or schematic plan. It is not to be used for determining
suitability or reliability of the products/solutions for specific user applications. It is the
duty of any such user to perform or have any professional expert of its choice
(integrator, specifier or the like) perform the appropriate and comprehensive risk
analysis, evaluation and testing of the products/solutions with respect to the relevant
specific application or use thereof.
The Schneider Electric brand and any trademarks of Schneider Electric SE and its
subsidiaries referred to in this document are the property of Schneider Electric SE or
its subsidiaries. All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owner.
This document and its content are protected under applicable copyright laws and
provided for informative use only. No part of this document may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise), for any purpose, without the prior written permission of
Schneider Electric.
Schneider Electric does not grant any right or license for commercial use of the
document or its content, except for a non-exclusive and personal license to consult it
on an "as is" basis.
Schneider Electric reserves the right to make changes or updates with respect to or in
the content of this document or the format thereof, at any time without notice.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, no responsibility or liability is
assumed by Schneider Electric and its subsidiaries for any errors or omissions
in the informational content of this document, as well as any non-intended use
or misuse of the content thereof.
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Table of Contents
Safety Information.......................................................................................7
About the Document ...................................................................................8
Introduction to the MicroLogic Active Control Unit ...............................12
PacT Series Master Range........................................................................13
Presentation.............................................................................................14
Description...............................................................................................18
Trip Information/Test/Reset Button .............................................................22
Local Indications.......................................................................................23
EcoStruxure Power Commission Software .................................................28
EcoStruxure Power Device App .................................................................29
Go2SE Landing Page ...............................................................................31
Date and Time..........................................................................................33
Power Supply...........................................................................................34
Firmware Update......................................................................................37
Reboot or Restart MicroLogic Active Control Unit ........................................39
Access Management ................................................................................40
Access Management Per Access Path .......................................................41
Management of Access via HMI.................................................................42
Management of Access via the USB Port ...................................................43
Using the MicroLogic Active Human Machine Interface .....................44
MicroLogic Active HMI Description.............................................................45
HMI Display Modes...................................................................................48
Quick View Mode......................................................................................49
Tree Navigation Mode...............................................................................52
Protection Setting Procedure .....................................................................59
ERMS Function ........................................................................................65
Measures Menu .......................................................................................66
Alarms/History Menu ................................................................................71
Maintenance Menu ...................................................................................73
Configuration Menu ..................................................................................74
Protection Menu .......................................................................................77
Pop-up Event Messages ...........................................................................79
Protection Functions .................................................................................81
Introduction ..............................................................................................82
Electrical Distribution Protection...........................................................83
Setting Protection in Accordance With UL489SE Standard.....................86
Standard Protection Functions...................................................................88
Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or ANSI 49RMS/51)......................89
Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or ANSI 50TD/51)........................94
Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or ANSI 50) .............................97
Ground-Fault Protection (G or ANSI 50N-TD/51N)............................... 102
Neutral Protection ............................................................................. 107
Other Protection Functions...................................................................... 109
Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI)........................................................ 110
Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings (ERMS)................................ 114
Setting Guidelines .................................................................................. 117
Protection Setting Guidelines............................................................. 118

DOCA0265EN-04 3
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Setting the Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or ANSI49RMS/

51)................................................................................................... 120
Setting the Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or ANSI50TD/
51)................................................................................................... 123
Setting the Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or ANSI
50)................................................................................................... 126
Selectivity......................................................................................... 127
Metering Functions ................................................................................. 130
MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display ........................... 131
MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics ....................................... 135
MicroLogic Active Real-Time Measurements ............................................ 139
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Demand Value Calculation ............................... 142
MicroLogic Active Network Settings ......................................................... 144
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Metering ............................................... 145
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Calculation Algorithm ............................ 148
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Energy Metering.............................................. 150
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Factor PF and cos φ
Measurement ......................................................................................... 152
Maintenance and Diagnostic Functions .............................................. 155
Maintenance Tools.................................................................................. 156
Assistance ............................................................................................. 157
Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................... 158
Health State ........................................................................................... 159
Monitoring the Circuit Breaker ................................................................. 161
Monitoring the Tripping Circuit ................................................................. 162
Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the MicroLogic Active Control
Unit ....................................................................................................... 165
Monitoring the Communicating Voltage Releases...................................... 169
Monitoring the Contact Wear ................................................................... 171
Monitoring the Load Profile...................................................................... 173
Operation Functions ............................................................................... 174
Control Modes........................................................................................ 175
Opening Function ................................................................................... 181
Closing Function..................................................................................... 184
Communication Functions ..................................................................... 187
ULP Wired Communication .................................................................... 188
NFC Communication .............................................................................. 190
USB On-The-Go (OTG) Connection......................................................... 192
USB Connection..................................................................................... 193
Zigbee Wireless Communication ............................................................. 195
Cybersecurity Recommendations ............................................................ 199
Event Management ................................................................................ 202
Event Definition ...................................................................................... 203
Event Type............................................................................................. 205
Event Notifications.................................................................................. 210
Event Display ......................................................................................... 211
Event History.......................................................................................... 212
Event List............................................................................................... 214
MicroLogic Active Replacement ........................................................... 219
Presentation........................................................................................... 220

4 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Prepare the Replacement ....................................................................... 222

Obtain Data from MicroLogic Active Control Unit ....................................... 223
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device ............................... 224
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 Device...................... 228
Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit .................................................... 232
Perform a Primary Injection Test .............................................................. 238
Perform a Secondary Injection Test.......................................................... 241
Test the Microswitch ............................................................................... 242
Prepare MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breaker Before Setting .......................... 243
Set Replacement MicroLogic Active Control Unit....................................... 245
Appendices .............................................................................................. 247
Licensing Information.............................................................................. 248

DOCA0265EN-04 5
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Safety Information
Important Information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar
with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The
following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the
equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that
clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

The addition of this symbol to a “Danger” or “Warning” safety label indicates that an
electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not
followed.

This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury
hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or
death.

! DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

! WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

! CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.

NOTICE
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to physical injury.

Please Note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only
by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any
consequences arising out of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction
and operation of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety
training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.

DOCA0265EN-04 7
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

About the Document

Document Scope
The aim of this guide is to provide users, installers, and maintenance personnel
with the technical information needed to operate MicroLogic™ Active control units
in MasterPacT™ MTZ circuit breakers.
This guide applies to the following MicroLogic Active control units for IEC standard:
• MicroLogic Active 2.0 A, 5.0 A, 6.0 A
• MicroLogic Active 2.0 AP, 5.0 AP, 6.0 AP
• MicroLogic Active 2.0 E, 5.0 E, 6.0 E
• MicroLogic Active 2.0 EP, 5.0 EP, 6.0 EP
• MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei
NOTE: A MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei control unit is a MicroLogic Active 6.0 E
control unit without NFC wireless communication capability.
All the information related to MicroLogic Active 6.0 E control units presented in
this guide applies to MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei control units, except information
about NFC wireless communication.

Validity Note
This guide applies to MicroLogic Active control units with firmware version
004.000.000 or greater.

Online Information
The characteristics of the products described in this document are intended to
match the characteristics that are available on [Link]. As part of our
corporate strategy for constant improvement, we may revise the content over time
to enhance clarity and accuracy. If you see a difference between the
characteristics in this document and the characteristics on [Link], consider
[Link] to contain the latest information.

Product Related Information

WARNING
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Do not use MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers with MicroLogic Active control
units:
• On power systems with IT grounding system with voltage above 600 Vac.
• On power systems with other grounding system with voltage above 690 Vac.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

8 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

CAUTION
HAZARD OF BURNS
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) when the MasterPacT
MTZ circuit breaker ambient temperature is above 50 °C (122 °F).
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

General Cybersecurity Information

In recent years, the growing number of networked machines and production plants
has seen a corresponding increase in the potential for cyber threats, such as
unauthorized access, data breaches, and operational disruptions. You must,
therefore, consider all possible cybersecurity measures to help protect assets and
systems against such threats.
To help keep your Schneider Electric products secure and protected, it is in your
best interest to implement the cybersecurity best practices as described in the
Cybersecurity Best Practices document.
Schneider Electric provides additional information and assistance:
• Subscribe to the Schneider Electric security newsletter.
• Visit the Cybersecurity Support Portal web page to:
◦ Find Security Notifications.
◦ Report vulnerabilities and incidents.
• Visit the Schneider Electric Cybersecurity and Data Protection Posture web
page to:
◦ Access the cybersecurity posture.
◦ Learn more about cybersecurity in the cybersecurity academy.
◦ Explore the cybersecurity services from Schneider Electric.

Product Related Cybersecurity Information

WARNING
POTENTIAL COMPROMISE OF SYSTEM AVAILABILITY, INTEGRITY, AND
CONFIDENTIALITY
• Change default passwords and PIN codes at first use to help prevent
unauthorized access to device settings, controls, and information.
• Disable unused ports/services and default accounts to help minimize
pathways for malicious attackers.
• Place networked devices behind multiple layers of cyber defenses (such as
firewalls, network segmentation, and network intrusion detection and
protection).
• Use cybersecurity best practices (for example, least privilege, separation of
duties) to help prevent unauthorized exposure, loss, modification of data and
logs, or interruption of services.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

For information about cybersecurity for MicroLogic Active control unit refer to
Cybersecurity Recommendations, page 199 and DOCA0122•• MasterPacT,
ComPacT, PowerPacT - Cybersecurity Guide, page 10.

DOCA0265EN-04 9
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Environmental Data
For product compliance and environmental information, refer to the Schneider
Electric Environmental Data Program.

Available Languages of the Document

The document is available in these languages:
• English (DOCA0265EN), original language
• Spanish (DOCA0265ES)
• Chinese (DOCA0265ZH)

Related Documents for IEC Devices

Title of documentation Reference number
MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active Control Unit - LVPED225010EN
Catalog

MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with

DOCA0284EN
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide
DOCA0284ES
DOCA0284ZH
MasterPacT MTZ1 - Fixed IEC Circuit Breaker with PKR4242702
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Instruction Sheet

MasterPacT MTZ1 - Drawout IEC Circuit Breaker with PKR4242802

MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Instruction Sheet

MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with

DOCA0285EN
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide
DOCA0285ES
DOCA0285ZH
MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 - Fixed IEC Circuit Breaker with PKR4242002
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Instruction Sheet

MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 - Drawout IEC Circuit Breaker PKR4243502

with MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Instruction Sheet

Breaker Communication and Isolation Module (BCIM) for

DOCA0387EN
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide
DOCA0387ES
DOCA0387ZH
MasterPacT MTZ IEC Circuit Breakers with
DOCA0305EN
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Maintenance Guide
DOCA0305ES
DOCA0305ZH
MasterPacT MTZ IEC Circuit Breakers with
DOCA0306EN
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - End-User Maintenance
Procedures DOCA0306ES
DOCA0306ZH
MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT Circuit Breakers -
DOCA0384EN
Modbus Communication - User Guide
DOCA0384ES
DOCA0384FR
DOCA0384ZH
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit - DOCA0267EN
Firmware Release Notes
MicroLogic Trip Units and Control Units - Firmware History DOCA0155EN

Breaker Communication and Isolation Module (BCIM) for DOCA0395EN

MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Firmware Release Notes

10 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Title of documentation Reference number

MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT - Cybersecurity Guide DOCA0122EN
DOCA0122ES
DOCA0122FR
DOCA0122ZH
ULP (Universal Logic Plug) System - User Guide DOCA0093EN
DOCA0093ES
DOCA0093FR
DOCA0093ZH
Enerlin'X IFE - Ethernet Switchboard Server - User Guide DOCA0084EN
DOCA0084ES
DOCA0084FR
DOCA0084ZH
Enerlin'X IFE - Ethernet Interface for One Circuit Breaker - DOCA0142EN
User Guide
DOCA0142ES
DOCA0142FR
DOCA0142ZH
Enerlin'X EIFE - Embedded Ethernet Interface for One DOCA0106EN
MasterPacT MTZ Drawout Circuit Breaker - User Guide
DOCA0106ES
DOCA0106FR
DOCA0106ZH
EcoStruxure Panel Server - User Guide DOCA0172EN
DOCA0172ES
DOCA0172FR
DOCA0172DE
DOCA0172IT
DOCA0172PT

You can download these technical publications and other technical information
from our website at [Link]/ww/en/download/.

Information on Non-Inclusive or Insensitive Terminology

As a responsible, inclusive company, Schneider Electric is constantly updating its
communications and products that contain non-inclusive or insensitive terminology.
However, despite these efforts, our content may still contain terms that are deemed
inappropriate by some customers.

Trademarks
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan
and other countries.

DOCA0265EN-04 11
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Introduction to the MicroLogic Active Control Unit

What’s in This Part
PacT Series Master Range .............................................................................13
Presentation ..................................................................................................14
Description ....................................................................................................18
Trip Information/Test/Reset Button...................................................................22
Local Indications ............................................................................................23
EcoStruxure Power Commission Software .......................................................28
EcoStruxure Power Device App.......................................................................29
Go2SE Landing Page .....................................................................................31
Date and Time ...............................................................................................33
Power Supply ................................................................................................34
Firmware Update ...........................................................................................37
Reboot or Restart MicroLogic Active Control Unit..............................................39

12 DOCA0265EN-04
PacT Series Master Range MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

PacT Series Master Range

Future-proof your installation with Schneider Electric’s low-voltage and medium-
voltage PacT Series. Built on legendary Schneider Electric innovation, the PacT
Series comprises world-class circuit breakers, switches, residual current devices
and fuses, for all standard and specific applications. Experience robust
performance with PacT Series within the EcoStruxure-ready switchgear, from
16 to 6300 A in low-voltage and up to 40.5 kV in medium-voltage.

DOCA0265EN-04 13
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Presentation

Presentation
MicroLogic Active Control Units for IEC Standard -
Overview
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers with MicroLogic Active control units provide
functions of protection, metering, diagnostics and communication.
MicroLogic Active control units allow local operation and monitoring of
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers.
The MicroLogic Active control units for IEC standard are:
• With NFC wireless communication and without Zigbee wireless
communication:
◦ MicroLogic Active 2.0 A, 5.0 A, 6.0 A
◦ MicroLogic Active 2.0 E, 5.0 E, 6.0 E
• With NFC and Zigbee wireless communication:
◦ MicroLogic Active 2.0 AP, 5.0 AP, 6.0 AP
◦ MicroLogic Active 2.0 EP, 5.0 EP, 6.0 EP
• Without wireless communication: MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei

Convention
For this guide, electrical phases are described as phase 1, phase 2, phase 3 and
cover the IEC standard.

Range of MicroLogic Active Control Units for IEC

Standard
The following table indicates the standard functions available on MasterPacT MTZ
circuit breakers with MicroLogic Active control units for IEC standard:

Function MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic

Active 2.0 A/AP Active 5.0 A/AP Active 6.0 A/AP Active 2.0 E/EP Active 5.0 E/EP Active 6.0
E/EP/Ei
Commercial LV933071/ LV933072/ LV933073/ LV947600/ LV947602/ LV947603/
reference LV933071W LV933072W LV933073W LV947600W LV947602W LV947603W/
LV949603
Long-time ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
overcurrent protection
(L)

Short-time – ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔
overcurrent protection
(S)

Instantaneous ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
overcurrent protection
(I)

Ground-fault – – ✔ – – ✔
protection (G)

Neutral protection ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Overcurrent and trip ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

cause indicators
Zone selective – ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔
interlocking

14 DOCA0265EN-04
Presentation MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Function MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic

Active 2.0 A/AP Active 5.0 A/AP Active 6.0 A/AP Active 2.0 E/EP Active 5.0 E/EP Active 6.0
E/EP/Ei
Trip history ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Setting change ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
traceability

Current metering ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Voltage, power and – – – ✔ ✔ ✔

energy metering

Embedded ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
diagnostics

NOTE: The commercial reference is printed on the front face of the

MicroLogic Active control unit and also identifies the standard.

MicroLogic Active Replacement

MicroLogic Active control units can be replaced on site.
For more information, refer to MicroLogic Active Replacement, page 219.

Communication Availability
MicroLogic Active control units support wired and wireless communication.

Communication type MicroLogic MicroLogic MicroLogic

Active 6.0 Ei Active A/E Active AP/EP
Wireless communication via NFC connection – ✔ ✔
Wireless communication via Zigbee connection – – ✔

Wired communication via the USB-C port ✔ ✔ ✔

Wired communication via the ULP system, by ✔ ✔ ✔
using the optional BCIM module

DOCA0265EN-04 15
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Presentation

Wired Communication
MicroLogic Active control units support local and remote wired communication.
Local wired communication is enabled by connection via the USB-C port to:
• An Android smartphone running the EcoStruxure Power Device app through
USB OTG connection, page 192
• A PC running EcoStruxure Power Commission software
Remote wired communication is enabled by using the optional BCIM module
connected via the ULP system to:
• An Ethernet communication network with Modbus TCP/IP protocol
• A Serial Line communication network with Modbus-SL protocol
The following diagram shows examples of how MicroLogic Active control units
communicate within a wired digital system:

ETH1 ETH2
L
B EIFE
LV851001

NS MS
R

F
EIFE-XXYYZZ

C O
Push OFF
I
Push ON

M
D

E
J J

G H N MicroLogic

K O
Push OFF
I
Push ON
D O
Push OFF
I
Push ON

Ethernet A. FDM121 display

USB connection B. ULP port module
USB OTG C. MasterPacT MTZ2 drawout circuit breaker
connection D. MicroLogic Active control unit with BCIM module
E. Go2SE landing page
F. EIFE interface
G. EcoStruxure Power Device app through USB OTG connection
H. EcoStruxure Power Commission software through USB-C connection
I. IFE interface
J. COM terminal block
K. MasterPacT MTZ2 circuit breaker
L. Panel Server
M. IFM interface
N. MasterPacT MTZ1 circuit breaker
O. Panel Server, EIFE or IFE webpages

16 DOCA0265EN-04
Presentation MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Wireless Communication
In addition to wired communication, MicroLogic Active control units support local
wireless communication.
NOTE: Wireless communication is not available with MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei
control unit.
Local wireless communication includes:
• NFC wireless connection, page 190, to a smartphone running the EcoStruxure
Power Device app
• Zigbee wireless connection, page 195, to a Panel Server gateway
(MicroLogic Active AP/EP control units only)
The following diagram shows an example of how MicroLogic Active control units
communicate within a wireless digital system:
H G F E

O I
Push OFF Push ON

A C

B T TEST

Ethernet

Zigbee wireless communication

A MicroLogic Active control unit
B Go2SE landing page
C EcoStruxure Power Device app through NFC wireless communication
D Panel Server through Zigbee wireless communication, for
MicroLogic Active AP/EP control units only
E POI Plus, industrial workstation with energy management software
F EcoStruxure Power Operation (PO) software
G EcoStruxure Power Monitoring Expert (PME) software
H Panel Server webpages

DOCA0265EN-04 17
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Description

Description
Introduction
The MicroLogic Active control unit includes:
• LEDs to monitor the status of the circuit breaker.
• A local Human Machine Interface comprising a graphic display with colored
backlight, navigation buttons, and direct access buttons.
• LEDs to monitor the cause of trips and alarms.

Control Unit Description

A MicroLogic Active type, indicated by the color of the
A
head of the control unit:
B
MicroLogic
• Black head: MicroLogic Active A/E control unit
C without Zigbee wireless communication
D
• Green head: MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit
with Zigbee wireless communication
E
B Trip information/test/reset button
F C Trip cause LEDs
D Status LEDs:
• Ready LED
• Status bar
G • ERMS LED
E NFC wireless communication zone (not available
with MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei control unit)
H
I F Graphic display screen

J
G Navigation buttons
Act 6.0 E
ID:
00000N0000000000LV947603 K H Protection settings button (under sealable cover)
L
I ERMS button (under sealable cover)
M
J QR code to access product information
In 1600 A
K Control unit type and identification number

O N
L USB-C port (under sealable cover)
M Internal battery drawer module
N Sensor plug with the rated current of the circuit
breaker
O MicroLogic sealable transparent cover

Trip Information/Test/Reset Button

i
For information about the button, see Trip Information/Test/Reset Button, page
22.

18 DOCA0265EN-04
Description MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Trip Cause LEDs

The indications of the trip cause LEDs depend on the type of MicroLogic Active
control unit.

LEDs Description

L MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0, 6.0: Overload pre-alarm, the load exceeds 90% and is lower
than 105% of the Ir setting of the long-time protection.

MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0, 6.0: Overload alarm, the load exceeds 105% of the Ir setting
of the long-time protection.

MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0, 6.0: Trip due to long-time protection.

S MicroLogic Active 5.0, 6.0: Trip due to short-time protection.

I MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0, 6.0: Trip due to instantaneous protection.

G MicroLogic Active 6.0: Trip due to ground-fault protection.

O MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0, 6.0: Customized trip for other protections.

NOTE: If the MicroLogic Active control unit is not powered, the trip cause
i
LEDs go off after 2 hours. After this period, press the button to light them
again.

Status LEDs
LED Description

Ready LED The Ready LED flashes slowly under normal operation.

Status bar The Status bar alerts the user to the health state of the circuit breaker:
• Green Status bar: no action required.
• Orange Status bar: medium severity alarm that requires non-urgent
maintenance action.
• Red Status bar: high severity alarm that requires immediate maintenance
action.
ERMS LED The ERMS (Energy Reduction Maintenance Setting) LED informs the user when
ERMS is engaged, and ERMS protection settings are operational:
• Blue LED: ERMS engaged
• Off: ERMS disengaged

For more information, see the description of Local Indications, page 23.

NFC Communication Zone

The NFC communication zone is used to establish an NFC connection, page 190
between a smartphone running the EcoStruxure Power Device app and the
MicroLogic Active control unit. When the connection is established, the circuit
breaker operating data is automatically uploaded to the smartphone.
NOTE: NFC communication is not available with MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei
control unit.

DOCA0265EN-04 19
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Description

Display Screen with Navigation Buttons

The local HMI screen and buttons, page 45 are used to:
• Navigate the menu structure.
• Display monitored values.
• Access and edit configuration settings.

Protection Settings Button

The protection settings button, page 45 is used to directly access the protection
setting procedure.

ERMS Button
The ERMS button, page 45 is used to directly engage and disengage the ERMS
function.

QR Code
When the QR code on the front face of a MicroLogic Active control unit is scanned
with a smartphone running a QR code reader and connected to the Internet, the
Go2SE landing page, page 31 is displayed. The landing page displays some
information about the device, including traceability information, and a list of
menus.

Control Unit Identification Number

The identification number PPPPPPYYWWDLNNNNLV9••••• is made up as
follows:
• The serial number of the MicroLogic Active control unit in the format
PPPPPPYYWWDLNNNN, where the codes are defined as follows:
◦ PPPPPP: Plant code
◦ YY: Year (00 to 99), for example 24 for 2024
◦ WW: Week of the year (01 to 53), for example 25
◦ D: Day of the week, with 1 representing Monday and 7 representing
Sunday, for example 5 for Friday
◦ L: Unique manufacturing line code or machine code within the plant
◦ NNNN: Unique product number (0001 to 9999) generated on the day of
manufacturing, by the plant manufacturing line or the plant machine
• The commercial reference of the control unit in the format LV9•••••
Use the identification number to register your MicroLogic Active control unit
through mySchneider app, the customer care mobile application.
Registering your MicroLogic Active control unit enables you to keep your records
up to date and enables traceability.

20 DOCA0265EN-04
Description MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Control Unit Type

The type of MicroLogic Active control unit, page 14 is indicated by a number and
one or two letters:
• The number (for example, 6.0) defines the type of protection provided by the
control unit.
• The first letter (A or E) defines the type of metering provided by the control unit.
• If present, a second letter indicates:
◦ P: a MicroLogic Active control unit with Zigbee wireless communication.
◦ i: a MicroLogic Active control unit without wireless communication.

USB-C Port
The USB-C port is protected by a cover which can be sealed to prevent access by
unauthorized personnel. The cover is opened by breaking the seal with a flat
screwdriver.
Open the cover of the USB-C port to connect the following devices:
• A Mobile Power Pack to supply power to the MicroLogic Active control unit,
page 35.
• An Android smartphone running the EcoStruxure Power Device app through
USB OTG connection, page 192.
• A PC running EcoStruxure Power Commission software, page 193.

WARNING
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Do not use MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers with MicroLogic Active control
units:
• On power systems with IT grounding system with voltage above 600 Vac.
• On power systems with other grounding system with voltage above 690 Vac.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

NOTE: The MicroLogic Active control unit does not support USB keys. Even if
a USB key is connected using an adapter, data is not transferred.

Internal Battery
The internal battery, page 35 powers the trip cause LEDs and the main diagnostic
functions in the absence of any other power supply.
For information about testing the internal battery, see Trip Information/Test/Reset
Button, page 22.

Sensor Plug
The protection ranges depend on the rated current In, defined by the sensor plug,
page 83 present below the MicroLogic Active control unit.

DOCA0265EN-04 21
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Trip Information/Test/Reset Button

Trip Information/Test/Reset Button

i
The button performs the following functions:
• Trip information
• Test internal battery and check trip cause LED functionality
• Reset latched events

Trip Information

After a trip event, press and hold the i button for less than 3 seconds for
information about the cause of the trip.
When a trip event happens, the related trip cause LED turns off after 2 hours. To
i
re-light the trip cause LED, press the button for less than 3 seconds.

Test
At any time, press and hold the i button for less than 3 seconds to test the
internal battery and check trip cause LED functionality.
The trip cause LEDs switch off for one second, and then do one of the following:
• Switch on: the battery is OK.
• Blink sequentially: the battery is near the end of its life. Replace the battery,
page 167.
• Do not light: verify that the plastic battery strip has been correctly removed. If
the battery strip has been correctly removed but the LEDs still do not light, then
replace the battery, page 167
NOTE: This test must be carried out immediately after replacement of the
internal battery to check the correct functioning of the new battery. It can then
be carried out at any time in the life of the internal battery.

Reset
Press and hold the i button for more than 3 seconds to reset latched events, for
example trip events.
The trip cause LEDs switch off and the Status bar reverts to green.

22 DOCA0265EN-04
Local Indications MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Local Indications
The MicroLogic Active control unit and circuit breaker status are indicated locally
by:
• The MicroLogic Active display screen
• The Status bar
• The Ready LED
• The trip cause LEDs
The availability of local indications depends on how the MicroLogic Active control
unit is supplied:
• By external power supply: 24 Vdc auxiliary power supply or Mobile Power Pack
connected to the USB-C port.
• By internal power supply: current flowing through the circuit breaker.
Under normal operating conditions:
• The MicroLogic Active display screen displays the good health state screen
when quick view scrolling is active.
• The Status bar is green.
• The Ready LED flashes green.
• All trip cause LEDs are off.
When a trip event occurs:
• The MicroLogic Active display screen displays a pop-up message if the control
unit is adequately supplied. The screen color is red.
If the control unit is not adequately supplied, the MicroLogic Active display
screen is off.
• The Status bar blinks red.
• The Ready LED flashes green or is off, depending on whether the control unit
is adequately supplied, and the severity of the event.
• Each trip cause LED blinks red or is off, depending on the type of event.
When an alarm event occurs:
• The MicroLogic Active display screen displays a pop-up message if the control
unit is adequately supplied. The screen color is red or orange, depending on
the severity of the event.
If the control unit is not adequately supplied, the MicroLogic Active display
screen is off.
• The Status bar is red or orange, depending on the severity of the event.
• The Ready LED flashes green or is off, depending on whether the control unit
is adequately supplied, and the severity of the event.
• The L trip cause LED is red or off, depending on the type of event. All other trip
cause LEDs are off.

DOCA0265EN-04 23
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Local Indications

Indications With External Power Supply

When the MicroLogic Active control unit is supplied by an external power supply
(24 Vdc auxiliary power supply or Mobile Power Pack), local indications are
available on:
• The MicroLogic Active display screen
• The Status bar
• The Ready LED
• The trip cause LEDs
NOTE: The display screens shown are examples. The message on the screen
varies depending on the cause of the trip or alarm.

Description Display screen Status and Trip cause LED display Status and Trip cause LED
description

The circuit breaker is in a good Health Ready LED: green flashing

state of health. No action is i
required. Status bar: green on

ERMS LED: off

Breaker health is
GOOD All trip cause LEDs off

Medium severity alarm: action Alarm | 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
to be planned Contact wear is i
above 60%. Check Status bar: orange on
contacts.
ERMS LED: off
ID: 0x1440
All trip cause LEDs off
Press OK to close

Overload pre-alarm: 90% Ir < Alarm | 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
Current < 105% Ir Ir pre-alarm i
(I>90% Ir) Status bar: orange on

ERMS LED: off

ID: 0x03F5

L trip cause LED: red on

Press OK to close

High severity alarm: Alarm 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
immediate action required Contacts 100% i
worn out. Circuit Status bar: red on
Breaker needs to
be replaced. ERMS LED: off
ID: 0x1442
All trip cause LEDs off
Press OK to close

Overload alarm : Current ≥ Alarm | 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
105 % Ir Ir start i
(I > 105% Ir) Status bar: red on

ERMS LED: off

ID: 0x6200

L trip cause LED: red on

Press OK for details

Trip on long-time protection (L) Trip 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
Long Time (Ir) trip i
Status bar: red blinking
ID: 0x4000

ERMS LED: off

L trip cause LED: red

Press OK for details
blinking

24 DOCA0265EN-04
Local Indications MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Description Display screen Status and Trip cause LED display Status and Trip cause LED
description

Trip on short-time protection Trip 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
(S) Short Time (Isd) trip i
Status bar: red blinking

ID: 0x4001
ERMS LED: off

S trip cause LED: red

Press OK for details
blinking

Trip on instantaneous Trip 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing

protection (I) Instantaneous (Ii) trip i
Status bar: red blinking

ID: 0x4002
ERMS LED: off

I trip cause LED: red blinking

Press OK for details

Trip on ground-fault protection Trip 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
(G) Ground Fault (Ig) trip i
Status bar: red blinking
ID: 0x4003

ERMS LED: off

G trip cause LED: red

Press OK for details
blinking

Trip on other, customized Trip 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
protection (O) Other trip: external i
trip order Status bar: red blinking
ID: 0x4034

ERMS LED: off

O trip cause LED: red

Press OK for details
blinking

Major internal incident Trip 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: off

detected. See Maintenance Self-diagnostic trip. i
Replace control unit. Status bar: red blinking
and Diagnostic Functions,
page 155.
ERMS LED: off
ID: 0x4007

All trip cause LEDs: red

Press OK to close
blinking

DOCA0265EN-04 25
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Local Indications

Indications Without External Power Supply

Without an external power supply, the MicroLogic Active control unit is supplied by
the current transformers (CT) when the MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker is closed.
In this case, local indications depend on the load current:
• When the load current is less than 20% In, local indications are available on:
◦ The Status bar
◦ The Ready LED
◦ The trip cause LEDs
The MicroLogic Active display screen is off.
• When the load current is higher than 20% In, local indications are available on:
◦ The MicroLogic Active display screen
◦ The Status bar
◦ The Ready LED
◦ The trip cause LEDs
NOTE: The display screens shown are examples. The message on the screen
varies depending on the cause of the trip or alarm.

Indications without external Display screen Status and Trip cause LED display Status and Trip cause LED
power supply description
(only when load
current
higher than 20%
In)

The circuit breaker is in good state of Health Ready LED: green flashing
health, No action is required i
Status bar: green on

ERMS LED: off

Breaker health is
GOOD All trip cause LEDs off

Medium severity alarm: action to be Alarm | 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
planned Contact wear is i
above 60%. Check Status bar: orange on
contacts.
ERMS LED: off
ID: 0x1440
All trip cause LEDs off
Press OK to close

Overload pre-alarm: Alarm | 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing

90% Ir < Current < 105% Ir Ir pre-alarm i
(I>90% Ir) Status bar: orange on

ERMS LED: off

ID: 0x03F5

L trip cause LED: red on

Press OK to close

High severity alarm: immediate Alarm 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
action required Contacts 100% i
worn out. Circuit Status bar: red on
Breaker needs to
be replaced. ERMS LED: off
ID: 0x1442
All trip cause LEDs off
Press OK to close

Overload alarm: Current ≥ 105 % Ir Alarm | 18/02 11:30 Ready LED: green flashing
Ir start i
(I > 105% Ir) Status bar: red on

ERMS LED: off

ID: 0x6200

L trip cause LED: red on

Press OK for details

26 DOCA0265EN-04
Local Indications MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Indications After a Trip, Without External Power Supply

If a trip event happens while the MicroLogic Active control unit is not supplied by
an external power supply, the internal battery provides a backup supply to the
MicroLogic Active control unit.
In this case, local indications are available on:
• The Status bar
• The Ready LED
• The trip cause LEDs
The MicroLogic Active display screen is off.

i
The status bar and the trip cause LEDs switch off after 2 hours. Use the button
to switch on the status bar and the trip cause LEDs.

Indications after a trip event, wthout external power LED display LED description
supply

Trip on long-time protection (L) Ready LED: off

i
Status bar: red blinking

ERMS LED: off

L trip cause LED: red blinking

Trip on short-time protection (S) Ready LED: off

i
Status bar: red blinking

ERMS LED: off

S trip cause LED: red blinking

Trip on instantaneous protection (I) Ready LED: off

i
Status bar: red blinking

ERMS LED: off

I trip cause LED: red blinking

Trip on ground-fault protection (G) Ready LED: off

i
Status bar: red blinking

ERMS LED: off

G trip cause LED: red blinking

Trip on customized protection (O) Ready LED: off

i
Status bar: red blinking

ERMS LED: off

O trip cause LED: red blinking

Major internal incident detected. See Maintenance and Ready LED: off
Diagnostic Functions, page 155. i
Status bar: red blinking

ERMS LED: off

All trip cause LEDs: red blinking

DOCA0265EN-04 27
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit EcoStruxure Power Commission Software

EcoStruxure Power Commission Software

Overview
EcoStruxure Power Commission software helps you to manage a project as part
of testing, commissioning, and maintenance phases of the project life cycle. The
innovative features in it provide simple ways to configure, test, and commission
the smart electrical devices.
EcoStruxure Power Commission software automatically discovers the smart
devices and allows you to add the devices for an easy configuration. You can
generate comprehensive reports as part of Factory Acceptance Test and Site
Acceptance Test to replace your heavy manual work. Additionally, when the
panels are under operation, any change of settings made can be easily identified
by a yellow highlighter. This indicates the difference between the project and
device values, and hence provides a system consistency during the operation and
maintenance phase.
EcoStruxure Power Commission software enables the configuration of
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers with MicroLogic Active control unit.
For more information, refer to the EcoStruxure Power Commission Online Help.
Click here to download the latest version of EcoStruxure Power Commission
software.

Key Features
EcoStruxure Power Commission software performs the following actions for the
supported devices and modules:
• Create projects by device discovery.
• Save the project in the EcoStruxure Power Commission cloud for reference.
• Upload standard protection settings to the device and download standard
protection settings from the device.
• Compare the standard protection settings between the project and the device.
• Generate and print the device standard protection settings report.
• View the logs and maintenance information.
• View the alarm details.
• Check the system firmware compatibility status.
• Update to the latest device firmware.
• Perform automatic trip curve tests with preconfigured or custom test points.
• Perform arc energy reduction tests in compliance with NEC 240.87(C).

28 DOCA0265EN-04
EcoStruxure Power Device App MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

EcoStruxure Power Device App

Presentation
EcoStruxure Power Device app is a single mobile application with the necessary
information and capabilities to operate and efficiently maintain devices in the
EcoStruxure architecture.
The application enables you to connect to devices, including the following:
• MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers
• TeSys GV4 motor circuit breakers
• Easergy P3 protection relays
The application can be installed on a smartphone by downloading the application
from:
• Google Play Store for Android smartphones
• App Store for iOS smartphones
• iPhone 7 with iOS 13 are the minimum requirements for NFC connectivity.

MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breakers in EcoStruxure Power

Device App
With the EcoStruxure Power Device app, a smartphone can be used with
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers as the primary interface for day-to-day and
critical case maintenance. The MicroLogic Active control unit is identified on the
application by scanning the QR code on the device.
EcoStruxure Power Device app is available through:
• NFC wireless communication (not available with MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei
control unit).
• USB OTG (On-The-Go) connection.

Using a USB OTG (On-The-Go) Connection

The MicroLogic Active control unit can be powered by an Android smartphone
using the USB OTG connection, if necessary.
Using EcoStruxure Power Device app with a USB OTG connection gives access
to and allows sharing of the following information types, organized in the following
tabs:

• Quick View: gives an overview of standard protection settings, the health

state of the circuit breaker, and recent event history.

• Protection Setting: displays standard protection settings currently

selected, and allows modification of standard protection settings.
For more information, refer to the USB OTG (On-The-Go) connection procedure,
page 192.

DOCA0265EN-04 29
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit EcoStruxure Power Device App

Using an NFC Connection

Connecting to EcoStruxure Power Device app with an NFC connection is always
possible, even when the MicroLogic Active control unit is not powered. It gives
access to the following information:
• Information about the MicroLogic Active control unit.
• Last trip context: trip type; date and time of last trip; current values before trip.
• Standard and ERMS protection settings (display only).
• ERMS status.
• Maintenance:
◦ Displays diagnostic counters.
◦ Electrical and mechanical operation. Mechanical operation only works if the
Control unit is supplied by 24 Vdc.
For more information, refer to the NFC connection procedure, page 190.
NOTE: NFC communication is not available with MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei
control unit.

30 DOCA0265EN-04
Go2SE Landing Page MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Go2SE Landing Page

Presentation
When the QR code on the front face of a MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker is
scanned with a smartphone running a QR code reader and connected to the
Internet, the Go2SE landing page is displayed.
The landing page displays:
• Information about the MicroLogic Active control unit, including traceability
information.
• Zigbee ID and installation code for MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit.
• A list of menus.

Landing Page Description

The landing page is accessible from Android and iOS smartphones. It displays the
same list of menus with slight differences in presentation.
The following example shows the landing page displayed on an Android
smartphone:

A. Commercial reference of
Range: MasterPacT MTZ
Ref: LV947603
Desc. MicroLogic Active 6.0E control
A MicroLogic Active control unit
unit, no wireless, MasterPacT B
MTZ1/MTZ2/MTZ3
circuit breakers, LSIG
protections
B. Type of MicroLogic Active control unit
SN 00003N2322510223 C

Characteristics
C. Serial number of the MicroLogic Active
Documentation
D
control unit
Operate your assets D. Landing page menus. See the following
Register your product
Register now for more reliability E
menu descriptions for details.
and greater peace of mind

E. Link to Schneider Electric Product

EcoStruxure Power Device
Registrations to register your product
F

mySchneider
View the catalog online, personalize your service
F. Downloadable applications
and talk to our experts directly.

Serial Number
The serial number provides traceability by encoding the manufacturing date and
location of the MicroLogic Active control unit.

Zigbee ID and Installation Code

Click on More details to get the Zigbee ID and installation code. If using selective
discovery, the Zigbee ID is used to discover a MicroLogic Active AP/EP control
unit with a Panel Server.
The Zigbee ID (IEEE address) is a hexadecimal number with 16 characters, for
example 8C6FB9FFFEF7A574.

DOCA0265EN-04 31
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Go2SE Landing Page

The installation code is a hexadecimal number with 36 characters, for example

1F4A547964BC254A1F4A547964BC254ABC12.

Characteristics
Selecting this menu gives access to a product datasheet with detailed information
about the MicroLogic Active control unit.

Documentation
Selecting this menu gives access to MasterPacT MTZ and MicroLogic Active
technical publications, including:
• Certificates
• Declaration of conformity
• How to videos
• Instruction sheets
• User guides

mySchneider App
Selecting this application gives access to the Schneider Electric customer care
mobile application mySchneider app that can be downloaded on Android and iOS
smartphones. For smartphone compatibility, check on your application store. The
customer care application offers self-service instructions and easy access to
expert support and information.

32 DOCA0265EN-04
Date and Time MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Date and Time

Presentation
MicroLogic Active date and time are used for time stamping events to provide a
chronological order.
The date and time of the MicroLogic Active control unit and the other ULP
modules (BCIM module, EIFE or IFM interface) of the intelligent modular unit
(IMU) are synchronized. Setting the date and time of one module sets the date
and time of all the modules of the IMU.
NOTE: The date and time of MicroLogic Active and other ULP modules are
automatically reset to default value for the date (Jan 01 2000) when the
internal battery of the MicroLogic Active control unit is removed and the control
unit has no other power supply.

Setting the Date and Time Manually

MicroLogic Active date and time can be set manually:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree navigation menu, at
Configuration > General > Date & Time.
• With a web browser connected to the IFM or EIFE webpage.

Predefined Events
The following event is generated when date and time are set manually:

Code Event History Severity

0x1107 (4359) Date and time set Operation Low

DOCA0265EN-04 33
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Power Supply

Power Supply
MicroLogic Active Power Supplies
The MicroLogic Active control unit is powered by the current through the internal
current transformers (CT).
• The standard protection functions of MicroLogic Active control units operate
with the internal current supply.
• If the load current is higher than 20% of the rated current In, the internal
current supply provides the power supply for the full functioning of the
MicroLogic Active control unit.
To provide a power supply to the MicroLogic Active control unit when the load is
below 20% of the rated current In, and maintain the full functioning of the
MicroLogic Active control unit, optional external power supplies can be used.

WARNING
HAZARD OF 24 VDC SYSTEM NOT COMPLIANT WITH SELV
REQUIREMENT
• Supply MicroLogic Active control units with 24 Vdc non-SELV (Safety Extra
Low Voltage), paying attention to polarity.
• Do not connect MicroLogic Active control units to a 24 Vdc -SELV system as
the MicroLogic Active control unit is not providing double or reinforced
insulation from the main circuit. For example, do not use the non-SELV 24
Vdc power supply of a MicroLogic Active control unit to supply a
MicroLogic X control unit or an SELV communication module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

External power supplies include the following:

• Permanent power supplies: external 24 Vdc non-SELV (Safety Extra Low
Voltage) power supply.
• Temporary power supplies connected to the USB-C port of the
MicroLogic Active control unit:
◦ External Mobile Power Pack through USB connection.
◦ Android smartphone through USB OTG connection.
◦ PC through USB connection.
Each external MicroLogic Active power supply is described further.

BCIM Power Supply

WARNING
HAZARD OF 24 VDC SYSTEM NOT COMPLIANT WITH SELV
REQUIREMENT
• Supply the ULP port module or ULP module with a 24 Vdc SELV (Safety
Extra Low Voltage) power supply, paying attention to polarity.
• Do not use the same power supply to supply the MicroLogic Active control
unit and the ULP port module or the ULP module supplying the BCIM
module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

34 DOCA0265EN-04
Power Supply MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

The BCIM module is supplied by the 24 Vdc SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage)
power supply of the ULP port module or ULP module connected to the COM
terminal block (for example IFE or IFM interface), depending on the architecture.
This power supply must be independent of the MicroLogic Active control unit
power supply.
For more information, refer to DOCA0387•• Breaker Communication and Isolation
Module (BCIM) for MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide, page 10.

Recommendations for External Power Supplies

Recommendations for the use of external 24 Vdc power supplies:
• The same 24 Vdc power supply can be used to supply several
MicroLogic Active control units, depending on the overall power requirements
of the system.
• Use a separate 24 Vdc power supply to supply the MN/MX/XF voltage
releases or the MCH gear motor.
• Do not use the same 24 Vdc power supply to supply power to the
MicroLogic Active control unit and the BCIM module.

Recommended 24 Vdc Power Supplies

For information about recommended 24 Vdc power supplies, refer to the
MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Catalog.

Mobile Power Pack

The Mobile Power Pack is an external battery that enables power to be supplied
temporarily to the MicroLogic Active control unit.
The Mobile Power Pack enables use of the MicroLogic Active display screen and
keypad for setting and displaying when the power supply to the MicroLogic Active
control unit is interrupted.
The external Mobile Power Pack can be connected by using a USB cable (RS
PRO, reference 182-8848) connected to the USB-C port on the MicroLogic Active
control unit.
Check the charge level of the Mobile Power Pack by pressing the test button for
one second. The indicator on the Mobile Power Pack lights up to indicate the
remaining charge.

Internal Battery
When no other power supply is supplying the MicroLogic Active control unit, the
internal battery powers the:
• Trip cause LEDs
• Status bar
• Internal clock (date and time)
• Maintenance schedule function
The internal battery is protected by a strip. Remember to remove the battery strip
before operation. For information about the removal of the battery strip, consult
the instruction sheets for MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers in Related Documents,
page 10.

DOCA0265EN-04 35
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Power Supply

Power Consumption
The following table lists the power consumption of the MicroLogic Active control
unit and BCIM module:

Module Typical consumption Maximum

(24 Vdc at 20 °C/68 °F) consumption (21.6 Vdc
at 60 °C/140 °F)

MicroLogic Active control unit for with external 24 Vdc power supply 200 mA 250 mA
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker
supplied through USB-C port 400 mA 500 mA

ULP port module for MasterPacT MTZ supplying the BCIM module with 25 mA 32 mA
circuit breaker communication function only

supplying the BCIM module with 125 mA 232 mA

communication and I/O functions

36 DOCA0265EN-04
Firmware Update MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Firmware Update
Introduction
The primary reason for updating the firmware of a MicroLogic Active control unit is
to obtain the latest MicroLogic Active features. If the latest MicroLogic Active
features are not required, it is not mandatory to update the firmware of the
MicroLogic Active control unit and the devices of the IMU.
The standard protection functions of the MicroLogic Active control unit remain
active during a firmware update.
Use the latest version of EcoStruxure Power Commission software, page 28 for all
firmware updates.
For more information about firmware updates refer to the following documents,
page 10:
• DOCA0155•• MicroLogic Trip Units and Control Units - Firmware History
• DOCA0267•• MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Firmware
Release Notes
• DOCA0387•• Breaker Communication and Isolation Module (BCIM) for
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide
• DOCA0395•• Breaker Communication and Isolation Module (BCIM) for
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Firmware Release Notes
After updating the firmware version of the MicroLogic Active control unit, use the
Firmware Update table in EcoStruxure Power Commission software to check
firmware compatibility with the BCIM module.
NOTE: Only the compatibility of MicroLogic Active control unit and the BCIM
module is checked. The firmware of the other modules of the ULP system
must be checked separately.

Checking the Firmware Version

Check the firmware version:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen from the tree navigation menu, at
Maintenance > Assistance > Firmware version
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Updating Firmware With EcoStruxure Power Commission

Software

NOTICE
INTERRUPTION OF POWER SUPPLY
The MicroLogic Active control unit must be continuously powered during the
firmware update.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in deterioration of the
control unit.

The prerequisites for updating the firmware with EcoStruxure Power Commission
software are the following:

DOCA0265EN-04 37
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Firmware Update

• The latest version of EcoStruxure Power Commission software must be

downloaded and installed on the PC.
• The PC must be connected to a power supply. Standby mode must be
deactivated to avoid the possibility of interruption during the update.
• The PC must be connected to the USB-C port on the MicroLogic Active control
unit.
• The MicroLogic Active control unit must be powered by the PC.
The user must be authenticated and have the related permission to launch the
firmware update.
For more information, refer to EcoStruxure Power Commission Online Help.
Click here to download the latest version of EcoStruxure Power Commission
software.

Predefined Events
The following events can be generated when a firmware update is performed:

Code Event History Severity

0x0D09 (3337) Firmware discrepancy within control unit. Diagnostic Medium

0x112B (4395) Control unit firmware update mode Operation Low

0x112C (4396) Control unit firmware update unsuccessful Operation Low

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x0D09 (3337) Firmware discrepancy within Check the firmware version of the
control unit. MicroLogic Active control unit with
EcoStruxure Power Commission
software. If not latest, update the
firmware of the MicroLogic Active control
unit.
0x112B (4395) Control unit firmware update Wait until the update of the MicroLogic
mode control unit firmware is completed.

0x112C (4396) Control unit firmware update Restart the update procedure. If the
unsuccessful message is displayed again, plan to
replace the MicroLogic Active control
unit.

Contact Schneider Electric Support or your Schneider Electric Services

representative for more information about who can carry out the recommended
actions.

38 DOCA0265EN-04
Reboot or Restart MicroLogic Active Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Reboot or Restart MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Reboot MicroLogic Active Control Unit
Events which require a reboot of the MicroLogic Active control unit are:
• Internal access loss. Reboot control unit (code 0x1473, page 165)
• Protection settings not accessible 2 (code 0x1474, page 165)
• Invalid PowerTag communication (code 0x1421, page 195)
Reboot the MicroLogic Active control unit by simultaneously pressing the 5
i
buttons , OK, Back, Up, and Down.
IMPORTANT: The standard protection functions remain active during the
reboot process.

Restart MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Restart of the MicroLogic Active control unit is required when:
• The rated frequency setting is changed (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit
only)
• The MicroLogic Active HMI does not display protection alarms or measures
screens
• The MicroLogic Active loses the Zigbee signal
Restart the MicroLogic Active control unit in one of the following ways:
• Switch off the power supply to the MicroLogic Active control unit, and switch it
back on.
• Click the Restart Module button on the Launch Firmware Upgrade page of
EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
The settings of the MicroLogic Active control unit are not affected by the restart.
IMPORTANT: The standard protection functions remain active during the
restart.

DOCA0265EN-04 39
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Access Management
What’s in This Part
Access Management Per Access Path.............................................................41
Management of Access via HMI ......................................................................42
Management of Access via the USB Port .........................................................43

40 DOCA0265EN-04
Access Management Per Access Path MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Access Management Per Access Path

General Description
Data on MicroLogic Active control units can be accessed:
• From the MicroLogic Active HMI (PIN code protected)
• On a device connected to the MicroLogic Active USB-C port (password
protected):
◦ An Android smartphone running EcoStruxure Power Device app, page 29
through USB OTG connection
◦ A PC running EcoStruxure Power Commission software, page 28
• On remote controllers through the ULP modules of the IMU system (only if the
MicroLogic Active control unit is in Auto Remote control mode)
• On a smartphone running EcoStruxure Power Device app, page 29 through
NFC connection
• On Panel Server webpages and on servers or remote controllers connected to
Panel Server, through Zigbee wireless communication
(MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit only)
The following table describes the functions which can be accessed via each
access path, and the required protection mechanisms (if any).

Function Description Access path

HMI USB port IMU Zigbee NFC

Monitoring Read settings, measurements, and data ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔

Settings Set MicroLogic Active control unit settings ✔ (1) ✔ (2) - - -

Reset counters Reset minimum and maximum values ✔ - - - -

Test Send test commands ✔ (1) - - - -

Firmware update Update firmware to the latest version - ✔ (2) - - -

Operation Send commands to open and close the circuit breaker - - ✔ (3) - -

MicroLogic Set the settings of a replacement MicroLogic Active ✔ (1) - - - -

Active control unit
replacement

✔ Access allowed without restriction

✔ (1) Access protected by PIN code

✔ (2) Access protected by USB password

✔ (3) Access only allowed in Auto Remote control mode

DOCA0265EN-04 41
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Management of Access via HMI

Management of Access via HMI

Description
Access to MicroLogic Active data is available on the MicroLogic Active HMI.
Access to protected parameters is protected by a PIN code. This PIN code has no
expiry date.
By default, the PIN code is associated with the SecurityAdmin account.
When you access a protected parameter for the first time, you are prompted to
create a SecurityAdmin account and set a PIN code. You are then prompted to
enter the PIN code each time you access a protected parameter. If you enter the
wrong PIN code 5 times, the account is locked for 4 minutes.
You can postpone account creation by selecting Do it later. In this case, you are
prompted to create an account each time you access a protected parameter.
The following actions are protected by PIN code:
• HMI PIN code modification
• Protection function setting
• Protection function testing
• Date and time modification
• Control mode modification
• Replacement MicroLogic Active setting

PIN Code Change

The PIN code can be changed on the MicroLogic Active control unit HMI, page 74.
The PIN code must consist of 6 digits, from 0 to 9.

PIN Code Reset

The PIN code can be reset by pressing Reset all users when connecting to
EcoStruxure Power Commission software or EcoStruxure Power Device app.
After pressing Reset all users, a confirmation pop-up message appears on the
screen. Click to confirm and complete the procedure.
NOTE: reset of the USB password also results in reset of the PIN code.

42 DOCA0265EN-04
Management of Access via the USB Port MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Management of Access via the USB Port

Description
Access to data via the USB port is done with:
• EcoStruxure Power Device app, page 29
• EcoStruxure Power Commission software, page 28
Access via the USB port is protected by the USB password. This password has no
expiry date.

USB Password Creation

When you connect to EcoStruxure Power Commission software or EcoStruxure
Power Device app, you are prompted to create a SecurityAdmin account. You can
postpone account creation by selecting Skip.
The default password is schneider123.

USB Password Change

The USB password can be changed with EcoStruxure Power Commission
software.
Entering the current password is required to change the password.
A password is composed of 8 to 32 ASCII characters, with the following
constraints:
• Only ASCII [32–126] allowed
• At least one uppercase character
• At least one lowercase character
• Must not contain the username
• Must be different to the previous password

USB Password Reset

The USB password can be reset by pressing Reset Password when connecting
to EcoStruxure Power Commission software or EcoStruxure Power Device app.
After pressing Reset Password, a confirmation pop-up message appears on the
screen. Click to confirm and complete the procedure.
NOTE: reset of the USB password also results in reset of the PIN code.

DOCA0265EN-04 43
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Using the MicroLogic Active Human Machine

Interface
What’s in This Part
MicroLogic Active HMI Description ..................................................................45
HMI Display Modes ........................................................................................48
Quick View Mode ...........................................................................................49
Tree Navigation Mode ....................................................................................52
Protection Setting Procedure...........................................................................59
ERMS Function..............................................................................................65
Measures Menu .............................................................................................66
Alarms/History Menu ......................................................................................71
Maintenance Menu.........................................................................................73
Configuration Menu ........................................................................................74
Protection Menu.............................................................................................77
Pop-up Event Messages .................................................................................79

44 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active HMI Description MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active HMI Description

Introduction
The human machine interface (HMI) of the MicroLogic Active control unit includes:
• A color display screen
• Navigation buttons to navigate through the menu structure, and access
monitored parameters and configuration settings
• A button providing direct access to protection function settings
• A button providing direct engagement and disengagement of the ERMS
function

Display Screen and Buttons

A Screen name
B Scroll bar indicating the relative
MicroLogic
position of listed items
C Functional screen content
A
D Context-specific action enabled by
B
pressing OK

C E Navigation buttons
F Protection settings button
D
G ERMS button

F
G

Act 6.0 E
ID:
00000N0000000000LV947603

In 1600 A

DOCA0265EN-04 45
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active HMI Description

Navigation Buttons
Button Description

Use the up and down buttons:

• To increment or decrement a configuration setting, either numerical values or
predefined list items
• To move between:
◦ Screens within the same level of menu hierarchy
◦ List items
The up and down buttons do not support looping back, except for numerical
value selection (0 to 9). For non-numerical value selection, at the terminus of a
menu structure or item list, the up button (at the beginning of the list) or down
button (at the end of the list) is no longer active.

The up and down navigation behavior is the same for all menus and lists.

Use the OK button:

• To validate a selection
• To navigate from the level currently displayed in the hierarchy to the selected
sublevel immediately below it. In this way, navigation is possible from:
◦ The active menu to the immediate submenu
◦ A configuration parameter to its configuration setting
• To navigate from the currently selected parameter digit, to the next digit on
the right.
• To simultaneously validate a setting and navigate to the next setting. For
example, to confirm the value of a parameter digit, and navigate to the next
digit on the right.
• To acknowledge actions, for example, when a confirmation screen is
displayed.
• To view details and acknowledge an event pop-up screen or error message.

Use the Back button:

• To navigate up one level of hierarchy.
• To navigate from the currently selected parameter digit, to the previous digit
on the left.

Direct Access Buttons

Direct access buttons are protected by a cover. The cover can be sealed to avoid
access to the protection settings or ERMS function by unauthorized personnel.
The cover is opened by breaking the seal with a flat screwdriver.

Button Description

Use the Protection setting button to directly access the Standard Protection
menu. See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.

This does not include ERMS settings, which are adjusted through EcoStruxure
Power Commission software.
Use the ERMS button to engage or disengage the ERMS function. See ERMS
Function, page 65.

46 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active HMI Description MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Display Screen Language

To change the display screen language, go to the tree navigation menu and
select:
Configuration > General > Language
Selections include:
• English (UK)
• Spanish
• German
• Chinese
• Portugese
The default language for the IEC standard MicroLogic Active control unit is English
(UK).

Start-up Screen
The start-up screen is displayed every time the MicroLogic Active control unit is
energized. None of the buttons on the control unit are functional while this screen
is displayed. The screen is displayed for the period of the control unit start-up time.
At the end of this period, the LSIG home screen or any active pop-up screen is
Welcome to displayed.
MicroLogic Active

V 001.000.000

LSIG Home Screen

Ir 1600 A The LSIG home screen displays the protection settings which are currently
L being used by the protection functions.
tr 0.5 s
Isd 2400 A The default LSIG home screen displays the standard protection settings.
S I²t
tsd 0.5 s OFF

I Ii 8000 A
Ig 1600 A
G I²t
tg 0.4 s OFF

Ir 1600 A When ERMS is engaged, the LSIG home screen is blue and displays the
L ERMS protection settings.
tr 0.5 s
Isd 2400 A
S I²t
tsd 0.5 s OFF

I Ii 8000 A
Ig 1600 A
G I²t
tg 0.4 s OFF

DOCA0265EN-04 47
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit HMI Display Modes

HMI Display Modes

Presentation
The MicroLogic Active control unit HMI supports the following display modes:
• Quick View mode to display a selection of screens
• Tree Navigation mode to access all screens through a menu structure
NOTE: Both Quick View and Tree Navigation display modes are overridden by
event messages, page 79.

Quick View Mode

Quick View mode is activated after 3 minutes of inactivity on the MicroLogic Active
control unit keypad.
In Quick View mode the display scrolls through a selection of screens in a
repeated loop.

Tree Navigation Mode

In Tree Navigation display mode, use the navigation buttons to navigate the menu
structure. Tree Navigation display mode presents a single network of menus, with
monitoring values and editable configuration settings.
Tree navigation is accessible from the LSIG home screen by pressing one of the
navigation buttons, OK, Back, Up, or Down.
Refer to the MicroLogic Active local HMI description, page 46 for information
about how to use the HMI buttons to:
• Navigate the menu structure
• Access and edit settings

48 DOCA0265EN-04
Quick View Mode MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Quick View Mode

Quick View
Quick view presents a sequence of screens, depending on the type of
MicroLogic Active control unit. The screens display a snapshot of the status and
operating values of the control unit. The values shown on the protection screens
are the active protection settings currently used by the protection functions.
The active protection settings are:
• Standard protection settings, by default.
• ERMS protection settings, when ERMS is engaged.
• Fallback protection settings, when the MicroLogic Active control unit reverts to
fallback protection settings after the event Last protection settings have not
been applied. (code 0x142F, page 165).
The following is an example of the Quick View screens for the MicroLogic Active
6.0 control unit when standard protection settings are active.

DOCA0265EN-04 49
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Quick View Mode

List of Quick View Screens

Depending on the type of the MicroLogic Active control unit, Quick View displays
the following screens:

Screen Description MicroLogic Active type

Health(1) Displays the health state of the circuit breaker: MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0
Good health state (green) Health

Breaker health is
GOOD

Medium-severity detected alarm that Health

requires an action to be planned (orange)

Breaker requires
planned
intervention

High-severity detected alarm that requires Health

immediate action (red)

Breaker requires
immediate action

Current(1) Displays I1, I2, I3 RMS current on phase 1, 2, 3 values as bar graphs expressed MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0
in % of [Link] three current values are displayed in Amps under the bar graph.
Trip Curve Displays the message: MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0
• Standard protection LSIG settings, by default.
• ERMS protection LSIG settings, when ERMS is engaged.
• Fallback protection LSIG settings, when fallback settings are in use.
LI settings Displays a selection of active protection settings: MicroLogic Active 2.0
• Long time overcurrent protection threshold Ir
• Long time overcurrent protection time delay tr
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection threshold Ii
LSI settings Displays a selection of active protection settings: MicroLogic Active 5.0
• Long time overcurrent protection threshold Ir
• Long time overcurrent protection time delay tr
• Short time overcurrent protection threshold Isd
• Short time overcurrent protection time delay tsd
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection threshold Ii
LSIG settings Displays a selection of active protection settings: MicroLogic Active 6.0
• Long time overcurrent protection threshold Ir
• Long time overcurrent protection time delay tr
• Short time overcurrent protection threshold Isd
• Short time overcurrent protection time delay tsd
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection threshold Ii
• Ground- fault protection threshold Ig
• Ground- fault protection time delay tg
(1) Screen data is refreshed every second.

NOTE: When ERMS is engaged, the Quick View screens are blue.

50 DOCA0265EN-04
Quick View Mode MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Starting Quick View Scrolling

Quick View scrolling starts automatically after 3 minutes of inactivity on the
MicroLogic Active control unit keypad, as long as there is no pending user action.
The display scrolls through a selection of screens in a repeated loop. Each screen
is displayed for 5 seconds before the next screen is displayed.

Stopping Quick View Scrolling

Stop Quick View scrolling by pressing the Back button. The LSIG home screen is
displayed.
When the MicroLogic Active control unit detects any of the following events, Quick
View scrolling is interrupted and a pop-up message is displayed, page 79:
• Trip
• High severity alarm
• Medium severity alarm

DOCA0265EN-04 51
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Tree Navigation Mode

Tree Navigation Mode

Tree Structure Screen Display
Use Tree Navigation mode to navigate manually through the MicroLogic Active
control unit menu structure. Tree Navigation mode enables the following actions:
• Display measurement values for the control unit
• View active alarms, and event history
• View maintenance items, and a history of service records
• Display and edit control unit configuration settings
• Display protection settings
Tree navigation begins at the tree navigation menu:

Tree navigation menu

Alarms/History Maintenance Measures Configuration Protection

Active Alarms Assistance Current General Standard

Protection
Trips History Health Voltage Network
ERMS
Alarms History Protection Power Measures Protection
Test
Energy BCIM Neutral
Replacement Protection
Frequency Communication
Zigbee

Power
Factor

Click the link on one of the following level 2 menus to see its content:

Level 1 Level 2
Tree navigation Alarms/History, page 71
menu
Maintenance, page 73

Measures, page 66

Configuration, page 74

Protection, page 77

Navigating in the Menu Structure

Use the navigation buttons on the face of the MicroLogic Active control unit to
navigate in the menu structure, and to access displayed values and configurable
settings.
The possible operations are listed below, and are illustrated with an example:
• Display data, for example, energy values
• Reset values or counters, for example, reset the maximum RMS current
• Select options in a list, for example, language
• Edit a value, for example, nominal voltage
• Validate a pop-up message, for example, a pop-up trip message

52 DOCA0265EN-04
Tree Navigation Mode MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Displaying Data
The following example shows how to display energy values:

Step Action Screen

1 To reach the tree navigation menu: Alarms/History

• From the LSIG home screen, press any navigation button. Maintenance

• From any other screen, press Back repeatedly, until you reach the Measures
tree navigation menu. Configuration
Press the down button to select Measures. Protection

2 Press OK. The Measures menu opens. Measures

Current
Press the down button to select Energy.
Voltage

Power

Energy

Frequency

Power Factor

3 Press OK. The Energy menu opens. Energy

E Total
Press the down button to select E received.
E Delivered

E Received

Reset Counters

4 Press OK. The E received screen is displayed. E Received

Ep
+12345 kWh
Eq
+12345 kVArh

5 To exit the E received screen, press the Back button to return to the –
Energy menu.

Setting the PIN Code

A PIN code can be used to protect key features and parameters of the
MicroLogic Active control unit. For more information about the use of the PIN
code, see Management of Access via HMI, page 42.
The following example shows how to set the PIN code of the MicroLogic Active
control unit.

Step Action Screen

1 Use a flat screwdriver to break the seal and lift the cover of the –
protection settings button.

2 Press the protection settings button. –

3 You are prompted to create a SecurityAdmin account:

We advise you to
• Press OK to create a SecurityAdmin account and set the PIN code. create a
SecurityAdmin
• Press Do it later for direct access to LSIG parameters
account.
modification, without creating a SecurityAdmin account.
In this case, you are taken directly to step 11. OK

Do it later

DOCA0265EN-04 53
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Tree Navigation Mode

Step Action Screen

4 If you pressed OK in step 3, the PIN code setting screen opens. Set new PIN code
of SecurityAdmin

0*****
Authorised access only

5 Set a new PIN code as follows: –

• Press the up and down buttons to increment or decrement the
selected digit by one.
• Press OK to confirm the current digit value, and move to the next
digit on the right.
• Press Back to go back to the previous digit on the left.

6 Press OK on the right-most digit to confirm the PIN code. –

7 The PIN code confirmation screen opens. Confirm PIN code

of SecurityAdmin

3*****
Authorised access only

8 Enter the same PIN code submitted in step 5. –

Press OK on the right-most digit to confirm the new PIN code.

9 The PIN code update notification screen opens.

PIN code has been

updated.

10 Press OK. –

11 The Standard Settings menu opens. Standard Settings

Ir 1600 A
L
tr 0.5 s
Isd 2400 A
S I²t OFF
tsd 0.5 s
I Apply
Ii 8000 A
settings
Ig 1600 A

12 Close and seal the cover of the protection settings button. –

54 DOCA0265EN-04
Tree Navigation Mode MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Resetting Values
Some menus present values or counters that can be reset. The following example
shows how to navigate to and reset the maximum RMS current:

Step Action Screen

1 To reach the tree navigation menu: Alarms/History

• From the LSIG home screen, press any navigation button. Maintenance

• From any other screen, press Back repeatedly, until you reach the Measures
tree navigation menu. Configuration
Press the down button to select Measures. Protection

2 Press OK. The Measures menu opens. Measures

Current
Select Current.
Voltage

Power

Energy

Frequency

Power Factor

3 Press OK. The Current menu opens. Current

I
Press the down button to select Reset Max.
I Max.

I Avg.

I Unb.

Reset Max

4 Press OK.

The date and time of the last reset are displayed. Last Reset:
18/02/2021
[Link]

Reset

5 Press OK. The reset confirmation screen opens. Last Reset:

18/02/2021
In the reset confirmation screen, use the up and down buttons to select, [Link]
and then press OK on one of the following:
Reset maximum
• Confirm to reset the maximum RMS current. RMS current ?

After a delay the new reset date and time are displayed. Press Back Confirm
to return to the Current screen. Cancel

• Cancel to return to the Current screen without resetting the value.

DOCA0265EN-04 55
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Tree Navigation Mode

Selecting Options in a List

Some menus present options in a list. The following example shows how to
navigate to and select language options:

Step Action Screen

1 To reach the tree navigation menu: Alarms History

• From the LSIG home screen, press any navigation button. Maintenance

• From any other screen, press Back repeatedly, until you reach the Measures
tree navigation menu. Configuration
Press the down button to select Configuration. Protection

2 Press OK. The Configuration menu opens. Configuration

General
Select General.
Network

Measures

3 Press OK. The General menu opens. General

Language
Select Language.
Date & Time

Change PIN Code

4 Press OK. The Language menu opens. Language

English (UK)

中文

Français

Italiano

Português

Deutsch

5 Press the up and down buttons to select a language and press OK. –

6 The language change confirmation screen opens.

Press OK to confirm that you want to change to the selected language. Change system
language to
Français ?

OK

7 After a delay, a confirmation check appears next to the selected Language

language. English (UK)

中文

Français

Italiano

Português

Deutsch

56 DOCA0265EN-04
Tree Navigation Mode MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Editing and Saving Parameter Settings

When editing a parameter setting, use the up and down buttons to increment or
decrement the setting by a single-step amount.
This function applies to both numeric values and list selections.
The following example shows how to edit the nominal voltage:

Step Action Screen

1 To reach the tree navigation menu: Alarms History
• From the LSIG home screen, press any navigation button. Maintenance

• From any other screen, press Back repeatedly, until you reach the Measures
tree navigation menu. Configuration
Press the down button to select Configuration. Protection

2 Press OK. The Configuration menu opens. Configuration

General
Press the down button to select Network.
Network

Measures

3 Press OK. The Network menu opens. Network

Voltage 240 V

Select Voltage.
Frequency 60 Hz

In the example, the voltage setting is 240 V. Phase Rot. 1,3,2

Power Sign P-

VT Ratio

4 Press OK. The Voltage menu opens. Voltage

208 V
Press the up and down buttons to select the voltage you require and
220 V
press OK.
230 V

240 V

380V

400

5 Press OK to return to the Network menu with the selected value Network
validated. Voltage 220 V

Frequency 60 Hz
In the example, the new voltage setting is 220 V.
Phase Rot. 1,3,2

Power Sign P-

VT Ratio

If the modification did not succeed, a detected error message appears. Press OK
to confirm the message, and then the previous menu is displayed.

DOCA0265EN-04 57
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Tree Navigation Mode

Performing a Protection Test on MicroLogic Active

Control Unit
The protection test function simulates a trip generated by:
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection for MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0 control
units. For more information about the instantaneous overcurrent protection
test, see Protection Test for MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0, page 100.
• Ground-fault protection for MicroLogic Active 6.0 control units. For more
information about the ground-fault protection test, see Protection Test for
MicroLogic Active 6.0, page 105.

Step Action Screen

1 To reach the tree navigation menu: Alarms History

• From the LSIG home screen, press any navigation button. Maintenance

• From any other screen, press Back repeatedly, until you reach the Measures
tree navigation menu. Configuration
Press the down button to select Maintenance. Protection

2 Press OK. The Maintenance menu opens. Maintenance

Assistance
Select Protection Test.
Health

Protection Test

Replacement

Zigbee

Report

3 Press OK. Enter PIN code of

SecurityAdmin
If a SecurityAdmin account has been created, the PIN code menu
opens.

If a SecurityAdmin account has not been created, see Setting the PIN 1*****
Code, page 53.
Authorised access only

4 Enter the PIN code as follows: –

• Press the up and down buttons to increment or decrement the
selected digit by one.
• Press OK to confirm the current digit value, and move to the next
digit on the right.
• Press Back to go back to the previous digit on the left.

5 Press OK on the right-most digit to confirm the PIN code. –

6 The protection test confirmation menu opens.

By pressing OK,
Press OK to confirm that you want to start the protection test and trip you will start the
the circuit breaker. Protection Test and
trip the circuit
breaker.

OK

7 A countdown begins from 5 to 1 s.

5s

8 • For MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0 control units, the Ii test trip pop- Trip | 27/06 11:30
up trip message appears. Ig test trip

• For MicroLogic Active 6.0 control units, the Ig test trip pop-up trip
message appears.
ID: 0x401E

Press OK to close the pop-up trip message.

Press OK to close

58 DOCA0265EN-04
Protection Setting Procedure MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Protection Setting Procedure

Protection Setting Session
The procedure for setting a standard protection function conforms to UL489SE,
with an exclusive editing session and a two-step procedure for submitting and
applying standard protection setting changes.
Access to the protection function is protected by a PIN code.
The standard protection functions are:
• Long time overcurrent protection
• Short time overcurrent protection
• Instantaneous time overcurrent protection
• Ground fault protection
• Neutral protection
Two modes of protection setting are available:
• Quick settings mode
• Fine adjustment mode
The availability of the setting modes depends on the type of standard protection
setting, described in Standard Protection Functions, page 88.
If the MicroLogic Active control unit power supply is interrupted, use the Mobile
Power Pack to enable the protection setting procedure on the MicroLogic Active
HMI.

DOCA0265EN-04 59
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Protection Setting Procedure

Setting Protection Settings Using Quick Setting Mode

The following example shows how to set the ground fault protection using quick
setting mode:

Step Action Screen

1 Use a flat screwdriver to break the seal and lift the cover of the –
protection settings button.

2 Press the protection settings button. –

NOTE: Press the protection settings button at any time during
the following procedure if you want to cancel the settings and exit
the Standard Settings menu.

3 Press OK. Enter PIN code of

SecurityAdmin
If a SecurityAdmin account has been created, the PIN code menu
opens.

If a SecurityAdmin account has not been created, see Setting the PIN 1*****
Code, page 53.
Authorised access only

4 Enter the PIN code as follows: –

• Press the up and down buttons to increment or decrement the
selected digit by one.
• Press OK to confirm the current digit value, and move to the next
digit on the right.
• Press Back to go back to the previous digit on the left.

5 Press OK on the right-most digit to confirm the PIN code and enter the –
editing session.
NOTE: After 5 minutes of inactivity, the editing session closes
and the display reverts to the LSIG home screen.

6 The Standard Settings menu opens. Standard Settings

Ir 1600 A
• Each standard protection function is represented by a label with a L
tr 0.5 s
single letter (L, S, I , G or N) on a grey background.
Isd 2400 A
• The grey background indicates that parameters are editable. S I²t OFF
• Parameters for each protection function are displayed next to the tsd 0.5 s
label. I Apply
Ii 8000 A
settings
• A parameter displayed on a grey background indicates that the Ig 1600 A
parameter is selected for editing.

7 Press the down button to select the I²t and tg parameters in the G Standard Settings
area. I Ii 8000 A
1600 A
Ig
G I²t OFF
tg 0.4 s
N N/2
Apply settings

8 Press OK to edit the I²t parameter. –

9 The I²t setting menu is displayed. In the example,I²t OFF is selected. Ground Fault
tg

I²t ON

I²t OFF

10 Press the up button to select I²t ON. Ground Fault

tg
Press OK to confirm selection of I²t ON, and to edit the tg parameter.
I²t ON

I²t OFF

60 DOCA0265EN-04
Protection Setting Procedure MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action Screen

11 The Ground fault tg quick setting menu is displayed. Ground Fault

tg I²t ON
NOTE: If both setting modes are available for the selected
.4
protection setting, the Setting Mode menu opens, and you have
.3 .6
to select Quick setting mode.
0.4
.2 s .8

.1 1

12 Press the up and down buttons to scroll through available settings. Ground Fault
tg I²t ON
Press OK to confirm the new setting. .4
.3 .6
0.6
.2 s .8

.1 1

13 The Standard Settings menu is displayed. Parameter settings which Standard Settings
have been modified but not applied, are displayed in yellow. I Ii 8000 A
1600 A
Ig
G I²t ON
tg 0.6 s
N N/2
Apply settings

14 Use the up, down and OK buttons to select the next parameter to edit, –
and repeat from step 8.

15 To apply the new settings, use the down button to scroll to Apply –
settings.

16 Press OK to apply the new settings. Apply Settings

I Ii 8000 A
The Apply settings menu opens. Ig 1600 A
G I²t ON
tg 0.6 s
Confirm

Discard

17 Use the down button to do one of the following: –

• Scroll down to Confirm, and press OK to confirm that you want to
apply the new settings.
• Scroll down to Discard, and press OK to confirm that you want to
discard the new settings.

18 If you selected Confirm in step 17, after a delay, the screen displays Ir 1600 A
the LSIG home screen with the new settings. L
tr 0.5 s
Isd 2400 A
S I²t
tsd 0.5 s OFF

I Ii 8000 A
Ig 1600 A
G I²t
tg 0.6 s ON

19 If you selected Discard in step 17, the screen displays a confirmation

menu asking you to confirm that you want to exit settings. Do you want to exit
settings?
You will lose all
Do one of the following:
modified settings.
• Press OK to confirm that you want to exit settings. You return to
the screen from which the request was initially made. Confirm

• Use the down button to scroll down to Cancel and press OK to Cancel
continue editing. This takes you back to step 13.

20 Close and seal the cover of the protection settings button. –

DOCA0265EN-04 61
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Protection Setting Procedure

Setting Protection Settings Using Fine Adjustment Mode

The following example shows how to set the long-time overcurrent protection
using fine adjustment mode:

Step Action Screen

1 Use a flat screwdriver to break the seal and lift the cover of the –
protection settings button.

2 Press the protection settings button. –

NOTE: Press the protection settings button at any time during the
following procedure if you want to cancel the settings and exit the
Standard Settings menu.

3 Press OK. Enter PIN code of

SecurityAdmin
If a SecurityAdmin account has been created, the PIN code menu
opens.

If a SecurityAdmin account has not been created, see Setting the PIN 1*****
Code, page 53.
Authorised access only

4 Enter the PIN code as follows: –

• Press the up and down buttons to increment or decrement the
selected digit by one.
• Press OK to confirm the current digit value, and move to the next
digit on the right.
• Press Back to go back to the previous digit on the left.

5 Press OK on the right-most digit to confirm the PIN code and enter the –
editing session.
NOTE: After 5 minutes of inactivity, the editing session closes
and the display reverts to the LSIG home screen.

6 The Standard Settings menu opens. Standard Settings

Ir 1600 A
• Each standard protection function is represented by a label with a L
tr 0.5 s
single letter (L, S, I , G or N) on a grey background.
Isd 2400 A
• The grey background indicates that parameters are editable. S I²t OFF
• Parameters for each protection function are displayed next to the tsd 0.5 s
label. I Apply
Ii 8000 A
settings
• A parameter displayed on a grey background indicates that the Ig 1600 A
parameter is selected for editing.

7 In the example, the Ir parameter in the L (long-time overcurrent –

protection settings) area is selected for editing.

8 Press OK to edit the Ir parameter. The setting mode menu opens. Setting Mode

Press the down button to select Fine adjustment mode.

NOTE: If only one setting mode is available for the selected Quick

protection setting, the setting mode menu will not open. Instead,
the selected protection setting menu will open. x x x

Fine

9 Press OK. Long Time

Ir
The Long time Ir fine adjustment menu is displayed, with the cursor
over the first digit.
1600
The first digit is displayed in white to indicate that it is selected for
editing.
A
10 Press the up and down buttons to increment or decrement the –
selected digit by one.
• Press OK to confirm the current digit value, and move to the next
digit on the right.
• Press Back to go back to the previous digit on the left.

62 DOCA0265EN-04
Protection Setting Procedure MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action Screen

11 Press OK on the right-most digit to confirm the new parameter setting. Long Time
Ir

0543

A
12 The Standard Settings menu is displayed. Parameter settings which Standard Settings
have been modified but not applied, are displayed in yellow. 543 A
Ir
L
0.5 s
tr
Isd 2400 A
S I²t OFF
tsd 0.5 s
I Ii 8000 A
Apply settings
Ig 1600 A

13 Use the up, down and OK buttons to select the next parameter to edit, –
and repeat from step 9.

14 To apply the new settings, use the down button to scroll to Apply –
settings.

15 Press OK to apply the new settings. Apply Settings

543 A
Ir
The Apply settings confirmation menu opens. L
0.5 s
tr
Isd 2400 A
S I²t OFF
tsd 0.5 s
Confirm
I Ii 5200 A
Ig Discard
320 A

16 Use the down button to do one of the following: –

• Scroll down to Confirm, and press OK to confirm that you want to
apply the new settings.
• Scroll down to Discard, and press OK to confirm that you want to
discard the new settings.

17 If you selected Confirm in step 16, after a delay, the screen displays Ir 543 A
the LSIG home screen with the new settings. L
tr 0.5 s
Isd 2400 A
S I²t
tsd 0.5 s OFF

I Ii 8000 A
Ig 1600 A
G I²t
tg 0.4 s OFF

18 If you selected Discard in step 16, the screen displays a confirmation

menu asking you to confirm that you want to exit settings. Do you want to exit
settings?
You will lose all
Do one of the following:
modified settings.
• Press OK to confirm that you want to exit settings. You return to the
screen from which the request was initially made. Confirm

• Use the down button to scroll down to Cancel and press OK to Cancel
continue editing. This takes you back to step 12.

19 Close and seal the cover of the protection settings button. –

DOCA0265EN-04 63
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Protection Setting Procedure

Pop-up Notices
The following table indicates the necessary action to take if a pop-up notice is
displayed while editing a protection setting:

Message Description Action

Access denied. Another You cannot open an editing Press OK to acknowledge the
session already opened session to set protection message and return to the
settings because a session is LSIG home screen Protection
open on another interface . settings are for display only,
and can be consulted on the
Protection menu in tree
navigation mode. It is not
possible to set settings as long
as a session is open on
another interface. Try again
later.

64 DOCA0265EN-04
ERMS Function MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

ERMS Function
Engaging the ERMS Function
Step Action Screen

1 Use a flat screwdriver to lift the cover of the ERMS button. –

2 Press the ERMS button to engage the ERMS function. –

3 The ERMS engage request menu opens.

Push ERMS button

again within 10
seconds to activate
ERMS mode.

4 Press the ERMS button again, within 10 seconds, to confirm ERMS

engagement.

The ERMS loading window is displayed.

Loading ERMS
mode...

5 The ERMS mode activated message is displayed.

ERMS mode
activated !

Push ERMS
button anytime to
exit ERMS mode.

6 While the ERMS function is engaged:

• The ERMS LED is lit in blue.
Ir 543 A
L
• The LSIG home screen is blue. tr 8s
Isd 3200 A
S tsd 0.4 s I2t OFF
• The Quick View screens are blue. I Ir 5200 A

• All other screens are not blue. G

Ig
tg
320 A
0.3 s I t OFF
2

7 Close and seal the cover of the ERMS button. –

Disengaging the ERMS Function

Step Action Screen

1 Use a flat screwdriver to break the seal and lift the cover of the ERMS –
button.
2 Press the ERMS button to disengage the ERMS function. –

3 The ERMS disengage confirmation menu opens.

Push ERMS button

again within 10
seconds to exit
ERMS mode.

4 Press the ERMS button again, within 10 seconds, to confirm ERMS –

disengagement.

5 Close the cover of the ERMS button. –

DOCA0265EN-04 65
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Measures Menu

Measures Menu
Presentation
In this guide, electrical phases are described as phase 1, phase 2, phase 3 and
cover IEC standard.

Description
The Measures menu contains the following submenus:

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Function description

Tree navigation Measures Current Current real-time measurements

menu
Voltage Voltage real-time measurements

Power Power real-time measurements

Energy Energy real-time measurements

Frequency Frequency real-time measurements

Power factor Power factor real-time measurements

Measures Screens with Quality Gauge

A quality gauge is displayed on the following screens to give a graphical
representation of the measurement compared to the expected range:
• Real-time maximum of 3 phase current unbalances, Iunb
• Average of 3 RMS phase-to-phase voltages Vavg VLL(V)
• Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage unbalances Vunb VLL(%)
• Frequency F
For example, for the frequency screen, the following screens indicate the
measurement compared to the expected range:

Frequency Frequency Frequency

F 50 Hz F 51 Hz F 52 Hz

4% 4% 4% 4%
1% 1% 2% 1%
0% 0% 0% 0%
-1% -1% -1%

-6% -6% -6%

Green color indicates Orange color indicates Red color indicates

measurement is OK: the measurement is out of measurement is
difference between the range: the difference significantly out of range:
measured and expected between the measured the difference between
frequency is less than and expected frequency the measured and
1% is between +1% and 4% expected frequency is
or between -1% and -6% greater than +4% or less
than -6%

66 DOCA0265EN-04
Measures Menu MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Current
The Current menu presents the following measurements:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Current I I1 (A) RMS current on phase 1

I2 (A) RMS current on phase 2

I3 (A) RMS current on phase 3

IN (A)(1) RMS current on neutral

Ig (A)(2) RMS current on ground

I Max I1 Max (A) Maximum RMS current on phase 1

I2 Max (A) Maximum RMS current on phase 2

I3 Max (A) Maximum RMS current on phase 3

I Unb Max (%) Maximum of maximum of 3 phase current unbalances

IN Max (A)(1) Maximum RMS current on neutral

Ig Max (A)(2) Maximum of RMS current on ground

I Avg I Avg (A)(3) Average of 3 phase RMS currents

I Unb I (1,2,3) (%) Real-time maximum of 3 phase current unbalances, with quality
gauge

Reset Max Reset of maximum RMS current, with date and time of last reset

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENCT wired and configured

(2) Applies to MicroLogic Active 6.0

(3) Applies to MicroLogic Active E

Voltage
The Voltage menu presents the following measurements:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Voltage V V12 (V) RMS phase-to-phase voltage 1-2

V23 (V) RMS phase-to-phase voltage 2-3

V31 (V) RMS phase-to-phase voltage 3-1

V1N (V)(1) RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 1-N

V2N (V)(1) RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 2-N

V3N (V)(1) RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 3-N

V Max V12 Max (V) Maximum RMS phase-to-phase voltage 1-2

V23 Max (V) Maximum RMS phase-to-phase voltage 2-3

V31 Max (V) Maximum RMS phase-to-phase voltage 3-1

VLL Unb Max (%) Maximum of maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage unbalances

VLN Unb Max (%)(1) Maximum of maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage

unbalances
V1N Max (V)(1) Maximum RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 1-N

V2N Max (V)(1) Maximum RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 2-N

V3N Max (V)(1) Maximum RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 3-N

V Min V12 Min (V) Minimum RMS phase-to-phase voltage 1-2

DOCA0265EN-04 67
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Measures Menu

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

V23 Min (V) Minimum RMS phase-to-phase voltage 2-3

V31 Min (V) Minimum RMS phase-to-phase voltage 3-1

V1N Min (V)(1) Minimum RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 1-N

V2N Min (V)(1) Minimum RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 2-N

V3N (Min V)(1) Minimum RMS phase-to-neutral voltage 3-N

V Avg VLL (V) Average of 3 RMS phase-to-phase voltages (V12+V23+V31)/3,

with quality gauge

VLN (V)(1) Average of 3 RMS phase-to-neutral voltages (V1N+V2N+V3N)/

3
V Unb VLL (%) Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage unbalances,
with quality gauge

VLN (%)(1) Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage unbalances

Reset Min Max Reset of minimum and maximum RMS voltage, with date and
time of last reset
(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Power
The Power menu presents the following measurements:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Power P P1 (kW)(1) Active power on phase 1

P2 (kW)(1) Active power on phase 2

P3 (kW)(1) Active power on phase 3

Ptot (kW) Total active power

P MAX P1 Max (kW) Maximum active power on phase 1

P2 Max (kW) Maximum active power on phase 2

P3 Max (kW) Maximum active power on phase 3

Ptot Max (kW) Maximum total active power

Q Q1 (kvar)(1) Reactive power on phase 1

Q2 (kvar)(1) Reactive power on phase 2

Q3 (kvar)(1) Reactive power on phase 3

Qtot (kvar) Total reactive power

Q MAX Q1 Max (kvar)(1) Maximum reactive power on phase 1

Q2 Max (kvar)(1) Maximum reactive power on phase 2

Q3 Max (kvar)(1) Maximum reactive power on phase 3

Qtot Max (kvar) Maximum total reactive power

S S1 (kVA)(1) Apparent power on phase 1

S2 (kVA)(1) Apparent power on phase 2

S3 (kVA)(1) Apparent power on phase 3

Stot (kVA) Total apparent power

S Max S1 Max (kVA)(1) Maximum apparent power on phase 1

S2 Max (kVA)(1) Maximum apparent power on phase 2

S3 Max (kVA)(1) Maximum apparent power on phase 3

68 DOCA0265EN-04
Measures Menu MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Stot Max (kVA) Maximum total apparent power

Reset Max Reset of maximum power, with date and time of last
reset
(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Energy
The Energy menu presents the following measurements:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Energy E total Ep (kWh) Total active energy

Eq (kVArh) Total reactive energy

Es (kVAh) Total apparent energy

E delivered Ep (kWh) Total active energy delivered into the load (counted positively)

Eq (kVArh) Total reactive energy delivered into the load (counted positively)

E received Ep (kWh) Total active energy received out of the load (counted negatively)

Eq (kVArh) Total reactive energy received out of the load (counted negatively)

Reset counters Reset of accumulated energy, with date and time of last reset

Frequency
The Frequency menu presents the following measurements:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Frequency F F (Hz) Frequency with quality gauge

F Max / Min F Max (Hz) Maximum frequency

F Min (Hz) Minimum frequency

Phase Rotation Reference Reference phase rotation

Measure Measured phase rotation

Rotation Phase rotation status:

• OK: Measured phase rotation matches reference phase rotation
• Inverse: Measured phase rotation does not match reference
phase rotation

Reset Min Max Reset of minimum and maximum frequency, with date and time of
last reset

Power Factor Menu

The Power factor menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Parameter name

Power Factor PF Total power factor

Cos φ Total fundamental power factor

DOCA0265EN-04 69
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Measures Menu

Level 3 Level 4 Parameter name

Network The parameters displayed depend on the sign convention for power factor and cos
phi selected.
• If IEEE is selected, the displayed parameter is:
◦ Leading in the case of lead
◦ Lagging in the case of lag
• If IEC is selected (factory setting) the displayed parameter is:
◦ Capacitive in the case of lead
◦ Inductive in the case of lag

70 DOCA0265EN-04
Alarms/History Menu MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Alarms/History Menu
Description
The Alarms/History menu contains the following menus:

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Function description

Tree navigation Alarms/ Active Alarms Displays events of medium and high severity of entry/exit type, after the
menu History occurrence of the alarm and before the completion.

Trips are not displayed.

Trips history Displays the history of trips, with the date and time that the trip occurred.

Alarms history Displays the history of events of medium and high severity, with the date and
time that the alarm occurred.

Trips are not displayed in this history.

NOTE: Trip history and alarm history events are listed in chronological order,
with the most recent event first. Events are only listed in chronological order if
the internal battery is working.

Active Alarms Screens

Active Alarms An active alarms screen contains the following information:
Ir pre alarm (I>90% Ir)
18/04/23 [Link]
• Screen title: Active Alarms
Control Unit Over temperature • A list of active alarms with the date and time of occurrence.
18/04/23 [Link]
Use the up/down buttons and OK button to navigate between active alarm
ENCT disconnected
18/04/23 [Link]
screens.
Contact Wear >100%.
18/04/23 [Link]

Trips History Screens

Trips History A trips history screen contains the following information:
Instantaneous (Ii) tripp
18/02/21 [Link]
• Screen title: Trips history
Ground (Ig) trip • A list of trip events with the date and time of occurrence.
18/02/21 [Link]
Trips history events are listed in chronological order, with the most recent event
Self diagnostic trip
18/02/21 [Link]
first.
Ultimate self-protection trip NOTE: Events are only listed in chronological order if the internal battery is
18/02/21 [Link] working.
Use the up/down buttons and OK button to navigate to a trip event description
screen.

DOCA0265EN-04 71
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Alarms/History Menu

Alarms History Screens

Alarms History An alarms history screen contains the following information:
Contact wear > 60%. Check contacts
18/04/23 [Link]
• Screen title: Alarms history
Unable to read sensor plug • A list of alarm events with the date and time of occurrence. A symbol next to
18/04/23 [Link] an alarm event indicates the severity of the alarm.
Control Unit Over temperature
18/04/23 [Link]
◦ A red triangle indicates a high severity alarm.
Ig test - no trip ◦ An orange diamond indicates a medium severity alarm.
18/04/23 [Link]
Alarms history events are listed in chronological order, with the most recent event
first.
NOTE: Events are only listed in chronological order if the internal battery is
working.

72 DOCA0265EN-04
Maintenance Menu MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Maintenance Menu
Description
The Maintenance menu contains the following submenus:

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Function description

Tree navigation Maintenance Assistance Presents information about the firmware version of the MicroLogic Active
menu control unit, page 157.

Health Describes the health state of the circuit breaker, page 159.

Protection Test Perform a protection test on the MicroLogic Active HMI, page 58.

Replacement Set the circuit breaker information in a replacement MicroLogic Active control
unit.
Zigbee Perform a Zigbee wireless communication test (for certification only).

Assistance
The Assistance menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Function description

Assistance Firmware Version Displays the MicroLogic Active firmware version in the format [Link].
NOTE: The Core Protect Version is also available to view but this is only used when
requested by Schneider Electric Customer Care.

Health
The Health menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Function description

Health Contact wear Displays wear of the contacts as a percentage

Replacement
The Replacement menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Function description

Replacement Manuf. Maint Last manufacturer Set the number of months since the last manufacturer
maintenance maintenance.
Contact Wear Contact Wear Preset Set the wear of the contacts as a percentage.

ID Range Select the circuit breaker range.

Rating Select the circuit breaker rating.

Performance Select the circuit breaker performance.

DOCA0265EN-04 73
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Configuration Menu

Configuration Menu
Description
The Configuration menu contains the following submenus:

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Function description

Tree Configuration General Settings of the HMI display and control of access to protection settings.
navigation
menu Network Settings of nominal voltage and frequency, and power sign.

Measures Settings of measurement calculation.

BCIM Settings of the BCIM module.

Communication Settings of communication parameters.

General
The General menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Function description

General Language, page 47 List of display screen languages.

Date & time, page DD/MM/YYY Set the date format. Available options are:
33
HH:MM:SS • DD/MM/YYYY
• MM/DD/YYYY
• YYYY/MM/DD
Set the time.
NOTE: Configuration of the date and time format is protected by the PIN
code of the SecurityAdmin account.

Change PIN code, – Change the PIN code by using tree navigation mode.
page 53
NOTE: Changing the PIN code is protected by the PIN code of the
SecurityAdmin account.

Network
The Network menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Network Voltage Vn (V) Rated voltage.

Setting values include: 208 / 220 / 230 / 240 / 380 / 400 / 415 / 440 / 480 / 500 /
525 / 550 / 575 / 600 / 660 / 690 V.

Factory setting = 400.

Frequency Hz Rated frequency

• 50 Hz (factory setting)
• 60 Hz
Phase Rot. – 1,2,3

– 1,3,2

Power sign, page – Power flow sign setting:

147
• P+ = the active power flows from upstream (top) to downstream (bottom)
(factory setting).
• P– = the active power flows from downstream (bottom) to upstream (top).

74 DOCA0265EN-04
Configuration Menu MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

VT ratio, page 144 VT Primary VT primary voltage.

Values from 100 to 1,250 V, in increments of 1 V.

VT Secondary VT secondary voltage.

Values from 100 to 690 V, in increments of 1 V.

Measures
The Measures menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Measures PF/Var, page 154 Sign convention for cos φ, PF power factor, and reactive power:
• IEC (factory setting)
• IEEE
System type, page Poles Nbr 3P or 4P
144
ENVT External neutral voltage tap. Setting values include:
• If 4P: NO (for display only)
• If 3P: NO or YES (factory setting)
NOTE: If ENVT setting is NO, the VT ratio sub menu is hidden.

ENCT External neutral current transformer. Setting values include:

• If 4P: NO (for display only)
• If 3P: NO (factory setting) or YES

P Calc, page 145 Total power calculation method:

• Vector
• Arithmetic (factory setting)

E Calc, page 151 Energy Accumulation mode. Energy values to be used in energy calculations:
• Absolute (factory setting)
• Signed

BCIM
The BCIM menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Function description

BCIM BCIM Configure the presence of the BCIM module in the circuit breaker:
• No
• Yes
Coil XF Enable control of the XF communicating closing voltage release by the BCIM module:
• No
• Yes
Coil MX Enable control of the MX communicating opening voltage release by the BCIM module:
• No
• Yes
Identification Displays the hardware and firmware version of the BCIM module.

NOTE: The BCIM configuration factory settings depend on whether the BCIM
module and communicating voltage releases are installed in factory or not.

DOCA0265EN-04 75
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Configuration Menu

Communication
The Communication menu presents the following data:

Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Parameter name

Communication Zigbee Identification Displays the Zigbee ID of the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit.

Status Displays the Zigbee connectivity status of the MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control unit.

Provides a means to connect the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit

to a Zigbee network.

Control Mode, Manual Configure the control mode to block or allow remote control commands.
page 175 NOTE: Configuration of the control mode is protected by the PIN
Auto Local
code of the SecurityAdmin account.
Auto Remote

76 DOCA0265EN-04
Protection Menu MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Protection Menu
Description
The Protection menu contains the following submenus:

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Function description

Tree navigation Protection Standard Protection Display Standard protection settings.

menu
ERMS Protection Display ERMS protection settings.

Neutral Protection(1) Display Neutral protection settings.

(1) Applies to 4 pole circuit breakers and 3 pole circuit breakers with ENCT option.

Active Settings
The active settings used by the protection functions are displayed in the Quick
View screens, page 50 and LSIG home screen:
• If the screens have a black background, it indicates that standard protection
settings are being used.
• If the screens have a blue background, it indicates that ERMS protection
settings are being used.
The settings in the Protection menu are the settings defined by using the
Protection Setting Procedure, page 59 or EcoStruxure Power Commission
software. They may differ from the settings used by the protection functions when
fallback settings are active.

Standard Protection
The Standard Protection menu displays the protection settings which are used
when ERMS is not engaged. It is not possible to set the protection settings from
this menu.

Level 3 Level 4 Parameter name

Standard L Standard long-time overcurrent protection
Protection
S Standard short-time overcurrent protection

I Standard instantaneous overcurrent protection

G Standard ground-fault protection

To set standard protection settings, see:

• Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or ANSI 49RMS/51), page 89
• Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or ANSI 50TD/51), page 94
• Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or ANSI 50), page 97
• Ground-Fault Protection (G or ANSI 50N-TD/51N), page 102

DOCA0265EN-04 77
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Protection Menu

ERMS Protection
The ERMS Protection menu displays the protection settings which are used
when ERMS is engaged. It is not possible to set the protection settings from this
menu.

Level 3 Level 4 Parameter name

ERMS L ERMS long-time overcurrent protection
Protection
S ERMS short-time overcurrent protection

I ERMS instantaneous overcurrent protection

G ERMS ground-fault protection

Neutral Protection
The Neutral Protection menu displays the neutral protection settings. It is not
possible to set the protection settings from this menu.

Level 3 Level 4 Parameter name

Neutral Nb poles Number of poles 3P or 4P, for display only.
Protection(1)
Ir (A) Ir long-time overcurrent protection threshold expressed in
Amps, for display only.

Protection Set neutral protection type:

• OFF
• N/2 (factory setting)
• N
• OSN
IN (A) RMS current on neutral, for display only.

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers and 3-pole circuit breakers with ENCT option.

To set neutral protection settings, see Neutral Protection, page 107.

78 DOCA0265EN-04
Pop-up Event Messages MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Pop-up Event Messages

Event Message Types and Priority
When the MicroLogic Active control unit detects any of the following events, a
pop-up message is displayed, in this order of priority:
• Trip
• High severity alarm
• Medium severity alarm
An event message overrides another event message with lower priority.
An event message overrides both Quick view scrolling and tree navigation
operating mode displays.

Pop-up Trip and Alarm Message Displays

Message type Description Example

Trip When a trip occurs, the trip message is displayed on a red Trip 18/02 11:30
screen. Long Time (Ir) trip

A QR code is also displayed. Scan the QR code to access

ID: 0x4000
the Instructions to Follow After a Trip to help you to
acknowledge the trip and restore the circuit breaker.

For trips due to an electrical fault, press OK to view details Press OK for details
about the trip event.

For trips due to a MicroLogic Active self test, details are not
provided about the trip. Press OK to close the trip message.

High severity When a high severity alarm occurs, the high severity alarm Alarm 18/02 11:30

alarm message is displayed on a red screen. Contacts 100%

worn out. Circuit
Press OK to close the alarm message. No details are Breaker needs to
be replaced.
provided for alarm events.
ID: 0x1442

Press OK to close

Medium severity When a medium severity alarm occurs, the medium severity Alarm | 18/02 11:30
alarm alarm message is displayed on an orange screen. Contact wear is
above 60%. Check
Press OK to close the alarm message. No details are contacts.
provided for alarm events.
ID: 0x1440

Press OK to close

Handling Pop-up Trip and Alarm Messages

A trip or alarm message indicates that a potentially serious operating event has
occurred. To address the event, take the following steps:

Step Action

1 When the trip or alarm event message displays, press OK.

The display screen displays a message explaining the context of the trip.

2 After reading the explanatory message, take the remedial steps necessary to resolve the
underlying condition that caused the trip or alarm.

DOCA0265EN-04 79
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Pop-up Event Messages

Step Action

3 After resolving the cause of the event, press OK to close the alarm pop-up or trip context.

4 i
If the event is latched, press the button for three seconds to reset the latched event
and revert the Status bar color to green.

i
NOTE: You can bypass steps 3 and 4 by pressing the button while the pop-up is
open. In this case, the pop-up is closed, the latched event is reset, and the Status bar
color reverts to green.

You can view trip history and alarm history events by accessing Alarm/History in
tree navigation mode.
For information about recommended action on events, refer to the description in
this guide of the function generating the event, and the relevant document, page
10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide
For information about how MicroLogic Active control units handle events, refer to
Event Management, page 203.

Validating a Pop-Up Message

The following example shows how to validate a pop-up trip message.

Step Action Screen

1 A pop-up trip message appears on the screen. Trip 18/02 11:30

Long Time (Ir) trip

ID: 0x4000
Press OK for details

2 Press OK to close the pop-up message and view details of the trip. Trip
18/02/2021 [Link]

If a scrolling bar appears at the right side of the screen, press the down Long Time (Ir) trip
button to view more details about the trip event. Ir protection
Ir 800 A
tr 6s
Interrupted Irms
I1 2500 A

3 Scan the QR code to access the Instructions to Follow After a Trip. Trip
18/02/2021 [Link]
IN 50 A
Ig 10 A
ID: 0x4000

Press OK to close

4 After reading the trip context, press OK to close the trip context screen –
and return to the LSIG home screen.

NOTE: Steps 2 and 3 are not available for alarm events or for trips due to a
MicroLogic Active self test.

80 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Protection Functions
What’s in This Part
Introduction....................................................................................................82
Standard Protection Functions ........................................................................88
Other Protection Functions............................................................................ 109
Setting Guidelines ........................................................................................ 117

DOCA0265EN-04 81
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Introduction

Introduction
What’s in This Chapter
Electrical Distribution Protection .....................................................................83
Setting Protection in Accordance With UL489SE Standard ...............................86

82 DOCA0265EN-04
Introduction MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Electrical Distribution Protection

Presentation
MicroLogic Active control units are designed to provide protection against
overcurrents and ground-fault currents.

Description
When choosing protection characteristics, take into account:
• Overcurrents (overloads and short-circuits) and potential ground-fault currents
• Conductors that need protection
• Coordination and selectivity between the devices
• The presence of harmonic currents
Protection characteristics can be represented on a trip curve that shows the circuit
breaker trip time as a function of the measured current and protection settings.
Protection settings are indexed on the rated current In of the MicroLogic Active
control unit.

Rated Current In
The protection setting ranges depend on the rated current In, defined by the
sensor plug inserted in the MicroLogic Active control unit.
Contact your Schneider Electric Services representative to replace or modify the
sensor plug. Mechanical mismatch protection prevents the installation of a sensor
plug that is not compatible with the circuit breaker frame.
For IEC standard circuit breakers, the range of sensor plugs available is shown in
the following table.

In Commercial Frame rated current

reference
MTZ1 MTZ2 MTZ3
06 08 10 12 16 08 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
400 A LV947053 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – – – – –

630 A LV933091 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – – – – –

800 A LV933092 – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – – – – –

1,000 A LV933093 – – ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – – – – –

1,250 A LV833094 – – – ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – –

1,600 A LV933095 – – – – ✔ – – – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – –

2,000 A LV933982 – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – – –

2,500 A LV933983 – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔ – – –

3,200 A LV933984 – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ – – –

3,600 A LV936390 – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ – – –

4,000 A LV947820 – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ – – –

2,000 A LV947821 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔

2,500 A LV947822 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔

3,200 A LV947823 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔

4,000 A LV947824 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔

DOCA0265EN-04 83
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Introduction

In Commercial Frame rated current

reference
MTZ1 MTZ2 MTZ3
06 08 10 12 16 08 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
5,000 A LV947825 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔ ✔

6,300 A LV947826 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✔

MicroLogic Active 2.0 Control Unit

MicroLogic Active 2.0 control units for IEC standard provide:
Ir • Long-time overcurrent protection (Ir)
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection (Ii)
tr The protection functions of MicroLogic Active 2.0 control units operate without
an auxiliary power supply. The control unit is powered by the current flowing
through the circuit breaker.
Ii

MicroLogic Active 5.0 Control Unit

MicroLogic Active 5.0 control units for IEC standard provide:
• Long-time overcurrent protection (Ir)
• Short-time overcurrent protection (Isd)
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection (Ii)
The protection functions of MicroLogic Active 5.0 control units operate without
an auxiliary power supply. The control unit is powered by the current flowing
through the circuit breaker.

MicroLogic Active 6.0 Control Unit

MicroLogic Active 6.0 control units for IEC standard provide:
• Long-time overcurrent protection (Ir)
• Short-time overcurrent protection (Isd)
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection (Ii)
• Ground-fault protection (Ig)
The protection functions of MicroLogic Active 6.0 control units operate without
an auxiliary power supply. The control unit is powered by the current flowing
through the circuit breaker.

84 DOCA0265EN-04
Introduction MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

DIN / DINF and SELLIM Instantaneous Protections

DIN/DINF and SELLIM instantaneous protections are internal protections used
when the short-circuit current reaches the withstand limit of the circuit breaker.
These protections are not adjustable and are unlikely to be triggered in normal
operating conditions.
The following predefined events can be generated by the DIN / DINF and SELLIM
instantaneous protections.

Code Event History Severity

0x4006 (16390) Ultimate self-protection (SELLIM) trip Trip High

0x401D (16413) Ultimate self-protection (DIN/DINF) trip Trip High

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4006 (16390) Ultimate self-protection Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a
(SELLIM) trip Trip Event, page 85.

0x401D (16413) Ultimate self-protection Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a
(DIN/DINF) trip Trip Event, page 85.

Resetting a Trip Event

For information about resetting the circuit breaker after a trip due to an electrical
fault, refer to the relevant document, page 10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide

DOCA0265EN-04 85
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Introduction

Setting Protection in Accordance With UL489SE Standard

Presentation

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
• The circuit breaker must only be configured and set by qualified personnel,
using the results of the installation protection system study.
• During commissioning of the installation and following any modification,
check that the MicroLogic Active configuration and protection function
settings are consistent with the results of this study.
• MicroLogic Active protection functions are set by default to the minimum
value.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The procedure for setting a protection setting conforms to UL489SE standard. It is

safeguarded by an exclusive editing session and by a two-step procedure for
submitting and applying setting changes.
The exclusive editing session means that only one interface at a time can access
and set protection settings. Access from other interfaces is blocked when an
editing session is open.
During the editing session there is no impact on the active protection provided by
the MicroLogic Active control unit until the new settings are applied. If the new
settings are canceled, or the editing session times out before the new settings are
applied, the active settings are maintained.
Settings for standard protection functions can be set from the following interfaces:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI, by pressing the Protection Settings button
(PIN code-protected). See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
If the MicroLogic Active control unit power supply is interrupted, use the Mobile
Power Pack to enable the protection setting procedure on the
MicroLogic Active HMI.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app (password-protected)
For more information about password management, refer to Access Management,
page 40.
The protection settings displayed in Quick View are the active protection settings
applied on the installation.

86 DOCA0265EN-04
Introduction MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Editing Session for Selecting and Changing Protection Settings

An editing session has the following characteristics:
• Only one editing session at a time can be open. Access to protection settings
from other interfaces is blocked when you open an editing session. A pop-up
notice is displayed if a session is already open, page 64.
• There is a five-minute timeout for submitting and applying new settings. The
session times out as follows:
◦ Five minutes after the session opens, if you do not submit the new settings
◦ Five minutes after submitting the new settings, if you do not apply the new
settings
• After applying new settings, close the editing session by pressing the Apply
settings on the screen.
• When changing protection settings via Protection Settings button, on
EcoStruxure Power Device app or EcoStruxure Power Commission software,
several protection functions can be set in one editing session. A submit step is
required after making changes to each function, and one apply step is required
to apply all the new settings of a given setting group (Standard or ERMS).
Active settings are maintained until the apply step is executed.

Two-Step Procedure for Submitting and Applying Protection

Settings
The procedure for changing protection settings requires you to submit and apply
the new settings in two consecutive steps:

Step Action

1 Submit new Select new settings required and submit. The new settings are
settings displayed so that you can check that the settings are correct before
they are applied. Read the new settings to confirm that they are
correct.
2 Apply new Apply the new settings. The existing active protection settings are
settings replaced by the new settings.

For more information about the procedure for changing protection settings on the
MicroLogic Active display screen, refer to Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.

Setting Change Traceability

Changing the protection settings generates one of the following events,
depending on the interface used to change settings:

Code Events History Severity

0x1100 (4352) Protection changed by HMI Protection Low

0x1108 (4360) Protection changed by communication Protection Low

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.

DOCA0265EN-04 87
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Standard Protection Functions

What’s in This Chapter
Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or ANSI 49RMS/51) ................................89
Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or ANSI 50TD/51) ..................................94
Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or ANSI 50) ........................................97
Ground-Fault Protection (G or ANSI 50N-TD/51N) ......................................... 102
Neutral Protection ....................................................................................... 107

88 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or ANSI 49RMS/51)

Presentation
Long-time overcurrent protection helps to protect cables, busbars, and busbar
trunking against overloads, based on the true RMS current. It is implemented
independently for each phase and for the neutral.
This protection function is an overcurrent time-dependent protection with thermal
memory. It operates as a thermal image, using the heating and cooling model of a
conductor. After tripping, the protection continues to integrate the cooling of the
conductor.
This protection function can be used also for transformer or generator protection
thanks to the wide range of settings offered.

Availability
Long-time overcurrent protection is available on:
• MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0 control units for IEC standard
• 3-pole and 4-pole circuit breakers
Long-time overcurrent protection is powered by the current flowing through the
internal current transformers of the circuit breaker and it does not require
additional external power supply.

Operating Principle
Long-time overcurrent protection is based on the true RMS current of phases
and neutral, up to harmonic 15.
Long-time overcurrent protection is implemented independently for each phase
and for neutral when present, page 107.

DOCA0265EN-04 89
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Thermal Image
The control unit uses the calculation of a thermal image to evaluate the conductor
heat rise and precisely monitor the thermal state of the conductors.
Example:
Comparison of the heat rise calculation without thermal image (diagram A) and
with thermal image (diagram B):

0 Instantaneous current (cyclical) in the load

1 Conductor temperature
2 Thermal state calculated without thermal image (diagram A), with thermal image
(diagram B)
3 Long-time overcurrent protection threshold
• Control unit without thermal image: On each current pulse, the control unit only
considers the thermal effect on the pulse under consideration. No tripping
occurs despite the build-up in conductor heat rise.
• Control unit with thermal image: The control unit adds the thermal effect of
successive current pulses. Tripping occurs based on the actual thermal state
of the conductor.
The thermal image function helps to protect cables and busbars from overheating
in case of low-amplitude repetitive faults. Such faults can be due to repetitive
motor starts, fluctuating load, intermittent ground faults, or subsequent closing
after an electrical fault.
Traditional electronic protection does not protect against repetitive faults because
the duration of each overload detected above the threshold setting is too short to
trigger effective tripping. However, each overload involves a temperature rise in
the installation. The cumulative effect of successive overloads can overheat the
system.
Thanks to its thermal memory, the thermal image function remembers and
integrates thermal heating caused by each overload detected above the threshold
setting:
• Before tripping, the integrated heating value reduces the associated time
delay. The reaction of the control unit is closer to the real heating of the power
network system.
• After tripping, the thermal function reduces the time delay when closing the
circuit breaker on an overload.
The thermal memory works whatever the current value. It offers an accurate
image of the cable or busbar thermal status. The time constant is the same for
heating and cooling.
In the case of a control unit that is not supplied, the thermal memory is performed
by a capacitor, which implies a fixed cooling time constant. The time constant is
equivalent to a tr setting of 12 seconds.

Setting the Protection

The long-time overcurrent protection settings are:
• Ir: long-time overcurrent protection threshold
• tr: long-time overcurrent protection time delay
They can be set as follows:

90 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

• On the MicroLogic Active display screen (PIN code-protected), by pressing the

Protection Settings button, and selecting the L (long-time overcurrent
protection) area. See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app (password-protected)
Two modes of configuring the protection settings are available:
• Quick setting mode, page 60 is used to configure quick protection settings
• Fine adjustment mode, page 62 is used to configure fine protection settings
NOTE: To achieve the equivalent of the long-time rating plug OFF setting
(available on MicroLogic trip units for MasterPacT NT/NW circuit breakers),
set the long-time protection settings as follows:
• For MasterPacT MTZ1: Ir = 1; tr = 24 s.
• For MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3: Ir = 1; tr = 30 s.
The OFF status of the protection can be read remotely with Modbus register
8742.

Quick Protection Settings

Quick protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Values Factory setting

Ir A (0.4 / 0.5 / 0.6 / 0.7 / 0.8 / 0.9 / 0.95 / 0.98 / 1) x In 0.4 x In

tr s 0.5 / 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12 / 16 / 20 / 24(1) / 30(2) 0.5

(1) 24 s is the maximum tr setting value available when the MicroLogic Active control unit is installed
in a MasterPacT MTZ1 circuit breaker.

(2) 30 s is the maximum tr setting value available when the MicroLogic Active control unit is installed
in a MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 circuit breaker.

The tr long-time overcurrent protection time delay is given in cold-state conditions,

and for a phase or neutral current equal to 6 x Ir.
When the current is higher than Isd or Ii, only short-time overcurrent protection
and instantaneous protection are operational. For more information, refer to
setting guidelines, page 120.

Fine Protection Settings

Fine protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Range Step Factory setting

Ir A 0.4–1 x In 1A 1 x In
tr s 0.5–24(1) / 30(2) 0.5 0.5

(1) 0.5–24 s tr setting range available when the MicroLogic Active control unit is installed in a
MasterPacT MTZ1 circuit breaker.

(2) 0.5–30 s tr setting range available when the MicroLogic Active control unit is installed in a
MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 circuit breaker.

DOCA0265EN-04 91
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

The tr long-time overcurrent protection time delay is given in cold-state conditions,

and for a phase or neutral current equal to 6 x Ir.
When the current is higher than Isd or Ii, only short-time overcurrent protection
and instantaneous protection are operational. For more information, refer to the
setting guidelines, page 120.

Tripping Time According to tr Time Delay

The tripping time according to tr time delay is given in cold-state conditions.

tr setting (tripping time at 6 x Ir) 0.5 s 1s 2s 4s 8s 12 s 16 s 20 s 24 s 30 s

Resulting tripping time at 1.5 x Ir 12.5 s 25 s 50 s 100 s 200 s 300 s 400 s 500 s 600 s 621 s

Resulting tripping time at 7.2 x Ir 0.34 s 0.69 s 1.38 s 2.7 s 5.5 s 8.3 s 11 s 13.8 s 16.6 s 18.6 s

Protection Characteristics
The accuracy on the tr time delay is:
• -20% to 0% when tr > 2 s
• -25% to 0% when tr = 2 s
• -30% to 0% when tr < 2 s
Ir characteristics:
• I < 1.05 x Ir: no trip
• I > 1.2 x Ir: trip

Predefined Events
The function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4000 (16384) Long Time (Ir) trip Trip High

0x6200 (25088) Ir start (I > 105% Ir) Protection High

0x03F5 (1013) Ir pre-alarm (I > 90% Ir) Protection Medium

0x0F11 (3857) Thermal memory reset order Protection Low

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.
Protection events are generated as follows:
• The start event is generated when the protection picks up.
• The trip event is generated when the circuit breaker tripping voltage release
(MITOP) activates.

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4000 (16384) Long Time (Ir) trip Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a Trip
Event, page 93.

0x6200 (25088) Ir start (I > 105% Ir) Check the load.

92 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Code Event Recommended actions

0x03F5 (1013) Ir pre-alarm (I > 90% Ir) Check the load.

0x0F11 (3857) Thermal memory reset Make sure someone has performed a tripping
order test.

Resetting a Trip Event

For information about resetting the circuit breaker after a trip due to an electrical
fault, refer to the relevant document, page 10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide

DOCA0265EN-04 93
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or ANSI 50TD/51)

Presentation
Short-time overcurrent protection helps to protect equipment against phase-to-
phase, phase-to-neutral and phase-to-ground short circuits with total selectivity. It
includes two characteristics, definite time and inverse time, which depend on the
status of the I²t setting.

Availability
Short-time overcurrent protection is available on:
• MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0 control units for IEC standard
• 3-pole and 4-pole circuit breakers
Short-time overcurrent protection is powered by the current flowing through the
internal current transformers of the circuit breaker and it does not require an
additional external power supply.

Operating Principle
The short-time overcurrent threshold Isd sets the level of short-circuit current at
which the circuit breaker trips when reaching the short-time overcurrent time
delay.
The short-time overcurrent time delay tsd sets the length of time during which
the circuit breaker carries a short circuit within the short-time overcurrent
threshold range.
The short-time overcurrent time delay can be adjusted to:
• Four setting values with I²t ON.
◦ Up to 10 Ir, the tripping curve is an inverse time curve. The time delay
decreases as the current increases.
◦ Above 10 Ir, the tripping curve is a definite time curve with a constant
tripping time.
• Five setting values with I²t OFF. The tripping curve is a definite time curve
with a constant tripping time.

Short-time overcurrent protection is based on the true RMS current of phases and
neutral, up to harmonic 15.
In order to trip on an intermittent fault, the control unit accumulates the intermittent
currents in the short-time tripping range that do not last long enough to trigger a
trip. This accumulation may lead to shorter tripping times than those set.

Setting the Protection

The short-time overcurrent protection settings are:
• Isd: short-time overcurrent protection threshold
• tsd: short-time overcurrent protection time delay
• I²t (tsd): short-time overcurrent protection curve (I²t ON or I²t OFF)
They can be set as follows:

94 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

• On the MicroLogic Active PIN code-protected display screen, by pressing the

Protection Settings button, and selecting the S (short-time overcurrent
protection) area. See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app (password-protected)
Two modes of configuring the protection settings are available:
• Quick setting mode, page 60 is used to configure quick protection settings
• Fine adjustment mode, page 62 is used to configure fine protection settings

Quick Protection Settings

Quick protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Values Factory Accuracy

setting

Isd A (1.5 / 2 / 2.5 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10) x Ir 1.5 x Ir +/- 10%

tsd with I²t ON s 0.1 / 0.2 / 0.3 / 0.4 / 0.6 / 0.8 I²t OFF/0
tsd with I²t OFF s 0 / 0.1 / 0.2 / 0.3 / 0.4 / 0.6 / 0.8

For more information, refer to the setting guidelines, page 123.

Fine Protection Settings

Fine protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Values Factory Accuracy

setting

Isd A 1.5–10 x Ir (step 0.1 x Ir) 1.5 x Ir +/- 10%

tsd with I²t ON s 0.1 / 0.2 / 0.3 / 0.4 / 0.6 / 0.8 I²t OFF/0 +/- 10%
tsd with I²t OFF s 0 / 0.1 / 0.2 / 0.3 / 0.4 / 0.6 / 0.8

For more information, refer to the setting guidelines, page 123.

Operating Times at 10 x Ir
The operating times of short-time protection depend on the tsd time delay. They
are valid for I²t ON or OFF.

tsd time 0s 0.1 s 0.2 s 0.3 s 0.4 s 0.6 s 0.8 s

delay

Non- > 0.02 s > 0.08 s > 0.14 s > 0.23 s > 0.35 s > 0.55 s > 0.71 s
tripping
time
Maximum < 0.08 s < 0.14 s < 0.20 s < 0.32 s < 0.50 s < 0.63 s < 0.80 s
breaking
time

DOCA0265EN-04 95
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI)

The ZSI characteristics and external wiring of the zone selective interlocking
function, are described specifically, page 110.
If ZSI IN is not set to 1 (open circuit between Z3 and Z4 terminals), the maximum
breaking time is 0.08 s regardless of the tsd setting value.
When ZSI IN is set to 1 and connected to the ZSI OUT of a downstream device (or
when the ZSI function is not used and there is a jumper between the Z3 and Z4
terminals), the tsd time delay is used.
The Isd threshold activates ZSI OUT (Z1 and Z2 terminals).
NOTE: MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers are delivered with a jumper installed
between Z3 and Z4.

Predefined Events
The function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4001 (16385) Short Time (Isd) trip Trip High

0x6201 (25089) Isd start Protection Low

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.
Protection events are generated as follows:
• The start event is generated when the protection picks up.
• The trip event is generated when the circuit breaker tripping voltage release
(MITOP) activates.

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4001 (16385) Short Time (Isd) trip Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a Trip
Event, page 96.

0x6201 (25089) Isd start No action required. For information only.

Resetting a Trip Event

For information about resetting the circuit breaker after a trip due to an electrical
fault, refer to the relevant document, page 10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide

96 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or ANSI 50)

Presentation
Instantaneous protection helps to protect equipment against phase-to-phase,
phase-to-neutral and phase-to-ground short circuits. The protection operates with
a definite time characteristic. It trips without additional time delay as soon as the
setting current is exceeded.
The protection offers two tripping modes, with different breaking times:
• Standard mode (when ERMS is not engaged): breaking time of 50 ms, used
for applications requiring selectivity. Full selectivity can be provided with any
ComPacT NSX or PowerPacT H-, J-, L-frame circuit breaker installed
downstream of a MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker (Refer to selectivity tables
for details for Ue ≤ 440 Vac).
• Fast mode (when ERMS is engaged): breaking time of 30 ms, typically used
for applications where the thermal constraints of the equipment need to be
limited and when selectivity is not required. For more information, refer to
LVPED318033EN Complementary Technical Information.
NOTE: On MicroLogic Active 2.0, instantaneous protection is based on short-
time protection without time setting with standard breaking time of 80 ms.

Availability
Instantaneous overcurrent protection is available on:
• MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0 control units for IEC standard
• 3-pole and 4-pole circuit breakers
It is powered by the current flowing through the internal current transformers of the
circuit breaker and it does not require an additional external power supply.

Operating Principle
The instantaneous overcurrent protection threshold sets the level of short-circuit
current at which the circuit breaker trips with no intentional time delay.
For MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0 control units for IEC standard, instantaneous
overcurrent protection can be disabled.
For MicroLogic Active 2.0 control units for IEC standard, instantaneous
overcurrent protection cannot be disabled.
Instantaneous overcurrent protection overrides short-time overcurrent protection
when the instantaneous overcurrent threshold is adjusted to the same or a lower
setting than the short-time overcurrent threshold.

DOCA0265EN-04 97
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Setting the Protection for MicroLogic Active 2.0

The instantaneous overcurrent protection setting is Ii: instantaneous overcurrent
protection threshold (corresponds to a short-time overcurrent protection
threshold without time setting).
It can be set as follows:
• On the MicroLogic Active PIN code-protected display screen, by pressing the
Protection Settings button, and selecting the I (instantaneous overcurrent
protection) area. See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
i
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app (password-protected)

Two modes of configuring the protection settings are available:

• Quick setting mode, page 60 is used to configure quick protection settings
• Fine adjustment mode, page 62 is used to configure fine protection settings

Quick Protection Settings for MicroLogic Active 2.0

Quick protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Values Factory setting

Ii A OFF, (1.5 / 2 / 2.5 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10) x Ir 1.5 x Ir

For more information, refer to the setting guidelines, page 126.

Fine Protection Settings for MicroLogic Active 2.0

Fine protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Range Step Factory setting

Ii A 1.5–10 x Ir 0.1 x Ir 1.5 x Ir

For more information, refer to the setting guidelines, page 126.

Protection Characteristics for MicroLogic Active 2.0

Characteristic Unit Standard value ERMS value
Breaktime at 2 x Ii ms ≤ 80 ≤ 80
threshold
Non-tripping time ms > 20 > 20

Accuracy on threshold % +/- 10 +/- 10

98 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Setting the Protection for MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0

Instantaneous overcurrent protection for MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0 can be
enabled or disabled with EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
The instantaneous overcurrent protection setting is Ii: instantaneous overcurrent
protection threshold.
It can be set as follows:
• On the MicroLogic Active PIN code-protected display screen, by pressing the
Protection Settings button, and selecting the I (instantaneous overcurrent
protection) area. See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app (password-protected)

Two modes of configuring the protection settings are available:

• Quick setting mode, page 60 is used to configure quick protection settings
• Fine adjustment mode, page 62 is used to configure fine protection settings

Quick Protection Settings for MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0

Quick protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Values Factory setting

Ii A OFF, (2 / 3 / 4 /6 / 8 / 10 / 12 / 15) x In 2 x In

For more information, refer to the setting guidelines, page 126.

Fine Protection Settings for MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0

Fine protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app

Setting Unit Range Step Factory setting

Ii A 2.0–15 x In 0.1 x In 2.0 x In

For more information, refer to the setting guidelines, page 126.

Protection Characteristics for MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0

Characteristic Unit Standard ERMS
value value
Breaktime at 2 x threshold ms ≤ 50 ≤ 30
Non-tripping time ms > 20 0

Accuracy on threshold % +/- 10 +/- 10

DOCA0265EN-04 99
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Predefined Events for MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0

The protection function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4002 (16386) Instantaneous (Ii) trip Trip High

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.
The trip event is generated when the circuit breaker tripping voltage release
(MITOP) activates.

Predefined Events for MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0

When instantaneous overcurrent protection is disabled, the following event is
generated:

Code Event History Severity

0x0C08 (3080) Ii protection disabled Protection Low

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4002 (16386) Instantaneous (Ii) trip Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a
Trip Event, page 101.

0x0C08 (3080) Ii protection disabled No action required. For information only.

Protection Test for MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0

The protection test function for MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0 control units
simulates a trip generated by instantaneous overcurrent protection.
Perform the protection test as follows:

Step Action

1 Check that the circuit breaker is closed and the control unit is supplied with power
(ready LED is flashing).

2 Use the MicroLogic Active HMI to perform the protection test, page 58.

The Ii test button pressed event is generated.

3 The circuit breaker trips.

The Ii test trip event is generated.

4 If the circuit breaker does not trip, the Ii test - no trip event is generated.

Restart the test. If the circuit breaker does not trip again, contact your Schneider
Electric Services representative.

100 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Protection Test Events for MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0

The protection test function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4035 (16437) Ii test trip Trip High

0x151B (5403) Ii test - no trip Diagnostic High

0x151C (5404) Ii test button pressed Diagnostic Low

Recommended Actions for MicroLogic Active 2.0 and 5.0

Protection Test
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4035 (16437) Ii test trip Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a
Trip Event, page 101.

0x151B (5403) Ii test - no trip Restart the test. If the circuit breaker does
not trip again, contact your Schneider
Electric Services representative.

0x151C (5404) Ii test button pressed No action required. For information only.

Resetting a Trip Event

For information about resetting the circuit breaker after a trip due to an electrical
fault, refer to the relevant document, page 10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide

DOCA0265EN-04 101
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Ground-Fault Protection (G or ANSI 50N-TD/51N)

Presentation
Ground-fault protection provides protection against phase-to-ground fault, which is
more sensitive than protection based on phase current only. It is generally used in
TN-S systems but could also be used in other earthing systems.
NOTE: Ground-fault protection is also called earth-fault protection.
Ground-fault protection is based on the summation of the phase and neutral
currents.

Availability
Ground-fault protection is available on:
• MicroLogic Active 6.0 control units for IEC standard
• 3-pole and 4-pole circuit breakers
An External Neutral Current Transformer (ENCT) can be used to measure the
current on neutral. For information about the installation of ENCT, consult the
instruction sheet on the Schneider Electric website: NHA14388
Ground-fault protection is powered by the current flowing through the internal
current transformers of the circuit breaker and it does not require an additional
external power supply.
NOTE: When ENCT is not used, short circuit terminals T1 and T2.

Operating Principle
The ground-fault current is calculated or measured according to the circuit breaker
configuration, as shown in the following table.

Circuit breaker configuration Ig ground-fault current

3P Ig = I1 + I2 + I3

4P Ig = I1 + I2 + I3 + IN

3P + ENCT Ig = I1 + I2 + I3 + IN (ENCT)

The ground-fault protection threshold Ig sets the level of ground-fault current at

which the circuit breaker trips when reaching the ground-fault protection time
delay tg.
The time delay tg sets the length of time during which the circuit breaker carries
a ground-fault within the ground-fault protection threshold Ig range.
The time delay tg can be adjusted to:
• Four setting values with I²t ON. In this case, the tripping curve is an inverse
time curve up to 2 x Ir, meaning that the time delay decreases as the current
increases. Above 2 x Ir, the tripping curve is a definite time curve with a
constant tripping time.
• Five setting values with I²t OFF. In this case, the tripping curve is a definite
time curve with a constant tripping time.

Ground-fault protection is based on the true RMS current of phases and neutral,
up to harmonic 15.
In order to trip on an intermittent electrical fault, the control unit accumulates the
intermittent currents in the ground-fault tripping range that do not last long enough
to trigger a trip. This accumulation leads to shorter tripping times than those set.

102 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Setting the Protection

Ground-fault protection can be enabled or disabled with EcoStruxure Power
Commission software.
The ground-fault protection settings are:
• Ig: ground-fault protection threshold
• tg: ground-fault protection time delay
• I²t (tg): ground-fault protection curve (I²t ON or I²t OFF)
They can be set as follows:
• On the MicroLogic Active PIN code-protected display screen, by pressing the
Protection Settings button, and selecting the G (ground-fault protection)
area. See Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app (password-protected)
Two modes of configuring the protection settings are available:
• Quick setting mode, page 60 is used to configure quick protection settings
• Fine adjustment mode, page 62 is used to configure fine protection settings

Quick Protection Settings

Quick protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app
Ig setting for MicroLogic Active 6.0 IEC standard

Setting Unit Values Factory setting Accuracy

Ig for In ≤ 400 A A (0.3 / 0.4 / 0.5 / 0.6 / 0.7 / 0.8 / 0.9 / 1) x In 0.3 x In +/– 10%

Ig for In > 400 A, excluding A (0.2 / 0.3 / 0.4 / 0.5 / 0.6 / 0.7 / 0.8 / 0.9 / 1) x In 0.2 x In +/– 10%
1,250 A

Ig for In = 1,250 A A (0.2 / 0.32 / 0.4 / 0.48 / 0.6 / 0.72 / 0.8 / 0.88 / 1) x In 250 A +/– 10%

tg setting for MicroLogic Active 6.0 IEC standard

Setting Unit Setting Value

tg with I²t OFF s 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

tg with I²t ON s – 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

Non-tripping time s > 0.02 > 0.08 > 0.14 > 0.23 > 0.36 0.55 0.71 0.9

Maximum breaking time s < 0.08 < 0.14 < 0.20 < 0.32 < 0.50 0.63 0.8 1.0

The default tg time delay setting value is 0 s with I²t OFF.

NOTE: When tg is set to 0 s and I²t is changed to ON, the tg time delay is
automatically set to 0.1.

DOCA0265EN-04 103
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Fine Protection Settings

Fine protection settings are available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app
Ig setting for MicroLogic Active 6.0 IEC standard

Setting Unit Range Step Factory setting Accuracy

Ig for In ≤ 400 A A 0.3–1 x In 1A 0.3 x In +/– 10%

Ig for 400 A <In ≤ 1,000 A A 0.2–1 x In 1A 0.3 x In +/– 10%

Ig for In > 1,000 A A 0.2–1 x In 10 A 0.3 x In +/– 10%

tg setting for MicroLogic Active 6.0 IEC standard

Setting Unit Setting Value

tg with I²t OFF s 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

tg with I²t ON s – 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

Non-tripping time s > 0.02 > 0.08 > 0.14 > 0.23 > 0.36 0.55 0.71 0.9

Maximum breaking time s < 0.08 < 0.14 < 0.20 < 0.32 < 0.50 0.63 0.8 1

Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI)

The ZSI characteristics and external wiring of the zone selective interlocking
function, are described specifically, page 110.
If ZSI IN is not set to 1 (open circuit between Z3 and Z4 terminals), the maximum
breaking time is 0.08 s regardless of the tg setting value.
When ZSI IN is set to 1 and connected to the ZSI OUT of a downstream device (or
when ZSI is not used, there is a jumper between the Z3 and Z4 terminals), the tg
time delay is used.
The Ig threshold activates ZSI OUT (Z1 and Z2 terminals).
NOTE: MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers are delivered with a jumper installed
between Z3 and Z4.

Predefined Events for MicroLogic Active 6.0

The protection function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4003 (16387) Ground Fault (Ig) trip Trip High

0x0C09 (3081) Ig protection disabled Protection Low

0x6203 (25091) Ig start Protection Low

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.
Protection events are generated as follows:
• The start event is generated when the protection picks up.
• The trip event is generated when the circuit breaker tripping voltage release
(MITOP) activates.

104 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Recommended Actions for MicroLogic Active 6.0

Code Event Recommended actions
0x4003 (16387) Ground Fault (Ig) trip Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a Trip
Event, page 106.

0x0C09 (3081) Ig protection disabled No action required. For information only.

0x6203 (25091) Ig start No action required. For information only.

Protection Test for MicroLogic Active 6.0

The protection test function for MicroLogic Active 6.0 control unit simulates a trip
generated by ground-fault protection.
Perform the protection test as follows:

Step Action

1 Check that the circuit breaker is closed and the control unit is supplied with power
(Ready LED is flashing).

2 Use the MicroLogic Active HMI to perform the protection test, page 58.

The Ig test launched event is generated.

3 The circuit breaker trips.

The Ig test trip event is generated.

4 If the circuit breaker does not trip, the Ig test - no trip event is generated.

Restart the test. If the circuit breaker does not trip again, contact your Schneider
Electric Services representative.

Protection Test Events for MicroLogic Active 6.0

The protection test function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x401E (16414) Ig test trip Trip High

0x1413 (5139) Ig test - no trip Diagnostic High

0x142A (5162) Ig test launched Diagnostic Low

Recommended Actions for MicroLogic Active 6.0 Protection Test

Code Event Recommended actions
0x401E (16414) Ig test trip Reset the circuit breaker. See Resetting a Trip
Event, page 106.

0x1413 (5139) Ig test - no trip Restart the test. If the circuit breaker does not
trip again, contact your Schneider Electric
Services representative.

0x142A (5162) Ig test launched No action required. For information only.

DOCA0265EN-04 105
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Resetting a Trip Event

For information about resetting the circuit breaker after a trip due to an electrical
fault, refer to the relevant document, page 10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide

106 DOCA0265EN-04
Standard Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Neutral Protection
Presentation
A long time overcurrent protection function is dedicated to the neutral protection.

Availability
Neutral protection is available on:
• MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0 control units for IEC standard
• 3-pole circuit breakers with the ENCT (External Neutral Current Transformer)
option to measure the neutral current. For information about the installation of
ENCT, consult the instruction sheet on the Schneider Electric website:
NHA14388.
• 4-pole circuit breakers
NOTE: When ENCT is not used, short circuit terminals T1 and T2.

Description
Where the cross-sectional area of the neutral conductor is at least equivalent to
that of the phase conductor, and the current in the neutral is expected not to
exceed the value in the phase conductor, it is not necessary to provide overcurrent
protection for the neutral conductor.
The neutral conductor must have protection against overcurrent if:
• The cross-sectional area of the neutral conductor is less than the cross-
sectional area of the phase conductors
• Non-linear loads generating third order harmonics (or multiples thereof) are
installed
It may be necessary to switch off the neutral for operational reasons (multiple
source diagram) or safety reasons (working with power off).
To summarize, the neutral conductor can be:
• Non-distributed (3-pole circuit breaker)
• Distributed, not switched off and not protected (3-pole circuit breaker)
• Distributed, not switched off but protected (3-pole circuit breaker with ENCT
option)
• Distributed, switched off and protected (4-pole circuit breaker)
MicroLogic Active control units are suitable for all protection types. They
incorporate the oversized neutral (OSN) function, which manages protection of the
neutral conductor when third-order harmonic currents (and multiples thereof) are
present.

Circuit Breaker Possible Types Neutral Protection

3-pole circuit breaker 3P, 3D Off

3-pole circuit breaker with 3P, 3D Off

ENCT option
3P, 3D + N/2 Half neutral

3P, 3D + N Full neutral

3P, 3D + OSN Oversized neutral

4-pole circuit breaker 4P, 3D Off

4P, 3D + N/2 Half neutral

4P, 4D Full neutral

DOCA0265EN-04 107
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Standard Protection Functions

Circuit Breaker Possible Types Neutral Protection

4P, 4D + OSN Oversized neutral

P: Pole, D: Control unit, N: Neutral protection

Operating Principle
Neutral protection has the same characteristics as phase protection:
• Its threshold is proportional to the long-time protection threshold Ir.
• It has the same tr time delay values as long-time protection.
• Its short-time and instantaneous protections are identical.

Declaring the External Neutral Current Transformer (ENCT) on 3-

Pole Circuit Breakers
On 3P circuit breakers the ENCT option must be declared in one of the following
ways:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree navigation menu, at
Configuration > Measures > System Type > ENCT
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software

Setting the Neutral Protection for 3-Pole and 4-Pole Circuit

Breakers
Set the type of neutral protection in one of the following ways:
• On the MicroLogic Active PIN code-protected display screen, by pressing the
Protection Settings button, and selecting the N (neutral protection) area. See
Protection Setting Procedure, page 59.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software (password-protected)
The following table shows the setting values of the neutral long-time protection
and threshold for the type of neutral protection selected:

Neutral protection type Neutral threshold value

OFF No protection for neutral

N/2 (factory setting) Ir/2

N Ir
Oversized N 3-pole (ENCT) 1.6 x Ir

4-pole 1.6 x Ir limited to In

108 DOCA0265EN-04
Other Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Other Protection Functions

What’s in This Chapter
Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI) .................................................................. 110
Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings (ERMS) .......................................... 114

DOCA0265EN-04 109
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Other Protection Functions

Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI)

Presentation
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI), also called zone restraint, is a system designed
to reduce the stress on electrical distribution equipment during short-circuit or
ground-fault conditions.
ZSI works with a previously coordinated distribution system to limit stress on the
system by reducing the time it takes to clear the electrical fault while maintaining
system coordination between overcurrent and ground-fault protective devices.
ZSI allows MicroLogic Active control units to communicate with each other so that
a short-circuit or ground-fault can be isolated and cleared by the nearest upstream
circuit breaker with no intentional time delay. Devices in all other areas of the
system (including upstream) remain closed to maintain service to unaffected
loads.
Without ZSI, a coordinated system results in the circuit breaker closest to the
electrical fault clearing it, usually with an intentional delay. With ZSI, the device
closest to the electrical fault ignores its preset short-time and ground-fault delays
and clears the electrical fault with no intentional delay.
Zone-selective interlocking eliminates intentional delay without sacrificing
coordination and it results in faster tripping times. This limits stress on the system
by reducing the amount of let-through energy the system is subjected to during an
overcurrent.
The coordination of the system must be correctly set up for zone-selective
interlocking to work.

Availability
Zone-selective interlocking is available on MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0 control
units for IEC standard.
For zone-selective interlocking compatibility with other ranges of circuit breakers,
consult the ZSI Interface Module instruction sheet on the Schneider Electric
website: NHA12883
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers with ZSI capability are shipped with self-
restraint jumpers installed. Self-restraint jumpers must be in place unless zone
selective interlocking is activated. If jumpers are removed and zone selective
interlocking is not activated, the circuit breaker ignores its programmed delay and
trips with no intentional delay.

110 DOCA0265EN-04
Other Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Operating Principle
A pilot wire interconnects a number of circuit breakers equipped with
MicroLogic Active control units, as illustrated in the following diagram.
The control unit detecting an electrical fault sends a signal upstream and checks
for a signal arriving from downstream. If there is a signal from downstream, the
circuit breaker remains closed for the full duration of its tripping delay. If there is no
signal from downstream, the circuit breaker opens immediately, regardless of the
tripping-delay setting.
Electrical Fault in A: Only circuit breaker 1 detects the electrical fault. Because it
receives no signal from downstream, it opens immediately, regardless of its
tripping delay set to 0.3 s.
Electrical Fault in B: Circuit breakers 1 and 2 detect the electrical fault. Circuit
breaker 1 receives a signal from circuit breaker 2 and remains closed for the full
duration of its tripping delay, set to 0.3 s. Circuit breaker 2 does not receive a
signal from downstream and opens immediately, in spite of its tripping delay set to
0.2 s.

NOTE: On circuit breaker 1, the tsd and tg tripping delays must not be set to
zero because this would make selectivity impossible.

Setting the Function

The following settings can be assigned to the ZSI input:
• Short-time overcurrent protection (MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0)
• Short-time overcurrent protection and ground-fault protection
(MicroLogic Active 6.0)
Setting changes can be made with EcoStruxure Power Commission software.

DOCA0265EN-04 111
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Other Protection Functions

Connection Principles
The following figure explains how the signal wire is connected to the
MicroLogic Active control unit:

Q1 Upstream circuit breaker

Q2 Circuit breaker to be wired
Q3 Downstream circuit breaker
Z1 ZSI-OUT source
Z2 ZSI-OUT
Z3 ZSI-IN source
Z4 ZSI-IN
NOTE: When ZSI is not used downstream, short circuit inputs Z3 and Z4. The
setting of the short-time and ground-fault protection time delays can be
inhibited if this principle is not applied.

Multi-Source Distribution
If a number of circuit breakers are installed upstream (multi-source distribution),
the same principles apply.

NOTE: Management of this configuration does not require any additional

relays for ZSI to be controlled for the sources used.

112 DOCA0265EN-04
Other Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Connection Wire Characteristics

The following table indicates the characteristics of the inter-device signal wire:

Characteristics Values
Impedance 2.7 Ω per 300 m (1000 ft)

Maximum length 300 m (1000 ft)

Type of cable Twisted pair

Permissible conductor cross-section 0.4–2.5 mm2 (20–14 AWG)

Interconnection limit on inputs Z3 and Z4 (to 15 devices

downstream devices)

Interconnection limit on outputs Z1 and Z2 (to 5 or 15 devices, depending on the upstream

upstream devices) device

DOCA0265EN-04 113
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Other Protection Functions

Energy Reduction Maintenance Settings (ERMS)

Presentation
The ERMS function is used to reduce instantaneous overcurrent protection
settings so that the circuit breaker trips as soon as possible when a short circuit
occurs. Minimizing the time between short circuit and trip helps to reduce the risk
of injury when qualified electrical personnel are near energized equipment.
When the ERMS function is engaged, the ERMS protection settings replace the
standard instantaneous overcurrent protection settings.

Availability
The ERMS function is available on MicroLogic Active 2.0, 5.0 and 6.0 control units
for IEC standard.

Operating Principle
The ERMS function can be engaged or disengaged by using the ERMS button.

While the ERMS function is engaged:

• The ERMS LED (A) is lit in blue.
MicroLogic
• The LSIG home screen is blue.
A • The Quick View screens are blue.
• All other screens are not blue.

Act 6.0 E
ID:
00000N0000000000LV947603

In 1600 A

114 DOCA0265EN-04
Other Protection Functions MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Use-case Examples
The conditions of operation of electrical installations are specified by national
regulations (for example, NPFA70E for USA, EN 50110 for Europe). These
regulations require an assessment of electrical risk before carrying out any
operation. The assessment must specify when the ERMS function should be
implemented and engaged.
Whenever possible the electrical installation should be de-energized. When
working in the vicinity of live parts without all doors or panels of the switchboard
closed and secured, the ERMS function can be engaged to reduce the
consequences of a short circuit. A risk assessment specific to each situation must
be carried out, even when the ERMS function is used.
The following table gives examples of use-cases inside or close to a switchboard,
where engaging the ERMS function is recommended. The recommendations are
based on the assumptions that:
• The ERMS function is embedded in the upstream device on the supply side of
the switchboard in question
• The switchboard has only one supply.

Operation Location

Addition of device in spare slot in the Inside switchboard

switchboard
Thermal inspection Inside switchboard

Measurement reading inside switchboard, Inside switchboard

requiring opening of door or panels

Measurement with portable equipment (for Inside switchboard

example, voltage presence, phase rotation,
power quality)

First energization or re-energization of the In electrical room, less than 0.3 m (12 in) from
equipment switchboard

Device unlocking with padlock or key In electrical room, less than 0.3 m (12 in) from
switchboard
Device closing In electrical room, less than 0.3 m (12 in) from
switchboard

Engaging the ERMS Function

The ERMS function can be engaged by using the ERMS button. See Engaging
the ERMS Function, page 65.

Disengaging the ERMS Function

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Prior to disengaging ERMS:
• Carefully inspect your work area, and remove any tools and objects left
inside the equipment.
• Ensure that all personnel are away from the equipment, and devices, doors,
and covers are in place.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The ERMS function can be disengaged by using the ERMS button. See
Disengaging the ERMS Function, page 65.

DOCA0265EN-04 115
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Other Protection Functions

ERMS Settings
When the ERMS function is engaged, the standard setting for instantaneous
overcurrent protection is overridden by the default ERMS setting for instantaneous
overcurrent protection:

Protection Setting Unit Default ERMS MicroLogic Active type

function value
Instantaneous Ii A 2.0 x In MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0
overcurrent
protection 1.5 x Ir MicroLogic Active 2.0

The default ERMS setting for instantaneous overcurrent protection cannot be

modified.
The other protection functions use standard protection settings.

Predefined Events
The function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x0C03 ERMS engaged Protection Low

(3075)

Predefined events cannot be modified by the user. For general information about
events, refer to Event management, page 202.

116 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Setting Guidelines
What’s in This Chapter
Protection Setting Guidelines ....................................................................... 118
Setting the Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or ANSI49RMS/51) .............. 120
Setting the Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or ANSI50TD/51) ................ 123
Setting the Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or ANSI 50) ..................... 126
Selectivity ................................................................................................... 127

DOCA0265EN-04 117
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Setting Guidelines

Protection Setting Guidelines

Presentation
The setting of overcurrent protection relies on installation short-circuit and
electrical fault calculations. The setting guidelines cannot replace these
calculations.
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers with MicroLogic Active control units offer
flexibility to set the required overcurrent protection while maintaining selectivity
and stability on transient phenomena, for example, inrush current of transformers
or motors, when necessary.
For each circuit, the installation designer needs to provide the following:
• Iz: continuous current capacity of the circuit according to IEC 60364-5-52 or
national wiring rules. Current carrying capacity is called ampacity in the US
National Electrical Code (NFPA 70).
• Ifault min: minimum electrical fault current at the end of the circuit depending
on earthing system
• Tmax short-circuit: maximum time for maximum short-circuit current
Guidelines are given for setting the following protections:
• Long-time overcurrent protection
• Short-time overcurrent protection
• Instantaneous overcurrent protection

Overcurrent Protection Setting Guidelines by Application

The following table gives the guidelines for overcurrent protection setting by
application:

Application MicroLogic Active 2.0 MicroLogic Active 5.0, 6.0(1)

Secondary side of MV/LV transformer Ir = Iz Ir = Iz

(switchboard main incomer) with other
MasterPacT MTZ, ComPacT NS, or tr ≤ 24 s tr ≤ 24 s
PowerPacT P- and R-frame circuit breaker
downstream as feeder Isd ≤ Ifault min Isd ≤ Ifault min

Selectivity possible with ComPacT NSXm tsd < Tmax short-circuit

and ComPacT NSX feeders only.
tsd > tsd of downstream MasterPacT MTZ,
ComPacT NS, or PowerPacT P- and R-
frame circuit breaker(2)

Ii mode: OFF
Secondary side of MV/LV transformer Ir = Iz Ir = Iz
(switchboard main incomer) without other
MasterPacT MTZ, ComPacT NS, or tr ≤ 24 s tr ≤ 24 s
PowerPacT P- and R-frame circuit breaker
downstream as feeder Isd ≤ Ifault min Isd ≤ Ifault min

tsd = 0

Ii mode: ON

Ii = Isd
Generator output with other MasterPacT Ir = Iz Ir = Iz
MTZ, ComPacT NS, or PowerPacT P- and
R-frame circuit breaker downstream as tr ≤ 1 s tr ≤ 1 s
feeder
Isd ≤ Ifault min Isd ≤ Ifault min

Selectivity possible with ComPacT NSXm tsd > tsd of downstream MasterPacT MTZ,
and ComPacT NSX feeders only. ComPacT NS, or PowerPacT P- and R-
frame circuit breaker(2)

Ii mode: OFF

118 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Application MicroLogic Active 2.0 MicroLogic Active 5.0, 6.0(1)

Generator output without other MasterPacT Ir = Iz Ir = Iz

MTZ, ComPacT NS, or PowerPacT P- and
R-frame circuit breaker downstream as tr ≤ 1 s tr ≤ 1 s
feeder
Isd ≤ Ifault min Isd ≤ Ifault min

tsd = 0

Ii mode: ON

Ii = Isd
Feeder with other MasterPacT MTZ, Ir = Iz Ir = Iz
ComPacT NS, or PowerPacT P- and R-
frame circuit breaker downstream tr ≤ 16 s tr ≤ 16 s

Isd ≤ Ifault min Isd ≤ Ifault min

Selectivity possible with ComPacT NSXm tsd > tsd of downstream circuit breaker(2)
and ComPacT NSX feeders only.
Ii mode: OFF
Feeder without other MasterPacT MTZ, Ir = Iz Ir = Iz
ComPacT NS, or PowerPacT P- and R-
frame circuit breaker downstream as feeder tr ≤ 16 s tr ≤ 16 s

Isd ≤ Ifault min Isd ≤ Ifault min

tsd = 0

Ii mode: ON

Ii = Isd
Power electronic (for example, Ir = Iz Ir = Iz
uninterruptible power supplies, variable
speed drives, photovoltaic inverters) with no tr ≤ 8 s tr ≤ 16 s
other circuit breaker downstream
Isd = 1.5-2 x In ≤ Ifault min Isd = 1.5-2 x In ≤ Ifault min

tsd = 0

Ii mode: ON

Ii = 2–3 x In
ERMS settings Ii_ERMS = 1.5 x Ir Ii_ERMS = 2 x In

(1) Ground-fault protection depends on the grounding system and local regulations. As a rule ground-fault sensitivity should be as low as
possible without being disturbed by permanent or transient leakage current. The ground-fault time delay enables selectivity with
downstream devices.

(2) When tsd > 0, a fault clearance time reduction system, such as ZSI or ERMS, is required in the USA by National Electricity Code NFPA
70 (240.87) (2011 edition). Refer to the guidelines for ERMS settings.

DOCA0265EN-04 119
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Setting Guidelines

Setting the Long-Time Overcurrent Protection (L or

ANSI 49RMS/51)
Setting Guidelines for Ir
The Ir setting depends on the maximum expected current flow through the breaker
and the maximum current that can be withstood by the protected equipment (for
example, cables, busbars, generators, and transformers).
The installation rules, such as IEC 60364 Chapter 4.43 or similar national
standards, require overload protection for conductors as follows:

Ib Maximal load current

Ir Long time protection setting
Iz Continuous current-carrying capacity of the circuit
I2 Conventional operating current of the circuit breaker = 1.2 x Ir for Schneider
Electric electronic control unit
I(A) Current through circuit breaker (phase(s) or neutral)

Setting Guidelines for tr

The tr setting depends on the maximum duration at maximum current and the
maximum current that can be withstood by the protected equipment (for example,
cables, busbars, generators, and transformers).
Thermal memory: As described in long-time overcurrent protection, page 89, this
protection function is an overcurrent time-dependent protection with thermal
memory. It operates as a thermal image, using the heating and cooling model of a
conductor. It can be considered as a first order thermal model with one heating
time constant.
The following table shows the relationship between the tr setting and the thermal
time constant of the first order thermal model:

tr setting (s) Unit 0.5 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24

Equivalent time constant for heating seconds 14 28 56 112 224 335 447 559 671
and cooling when control unit is
energized minutes – – – – 3.5 5.6 7.5 9.3 11.2

Time constant for cooling when minutes 5

control unit is not energized

120 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Summary of tr Setting Guidelines by Application

The following table gives the tr setting guidelines by application:

Application Principle Usual value

Secondary side of MV/LV transformer Tripping time according to circuit thermal tr ≤ 24 s

(switchboard main incomer) withstand for busbars, busbar trunking,
cable > 240 mm2 (500 MCM):
Tie circuit breaker between two
• Time constant > 11 min
switchboards
• tr = 24 s
When smaller cables are used in parallel, a
lower setting should be used.

Generators tr ≤ 1 s in order to achieve tripping time < 30 tr ≤ 1 s

s for 1.5 x Ir (IEC 60034-1 Clause 9.3.2).

Feeder (cable or busbar trunking protection) Tripping time according to circuit thermal • tr ≤ 24 s for busbar trunking or cable ≥
withstand for busbars, busbar trunking, 240 mm² (500 MCM)
cable > 240 mm2 (500 MCM):
• tr ≤ 16 s for lower cross section cables
• Time constant > 11 min
• tr = 24 s
To achieve selectivity with incomer, it can be
useful to reduce tr.
Primary side of LV/LV transformer According to cable or busbar trunking • tr ≤ 24 s for busbar trunking or cable ≥
withstand (transformer withstand is 240 mm² (500 MCM)
generally higher).
• tr ≤ 16 s for lower cross section cables
To achieve selectivity with incomer, it can be
useful to reduce tr.
Power electronic (for example, According to cable or busbar trunking • tr ≤ 24 s for busbar trunking or cable ≥
uninterruptible power supplies, variable supplying power electronic equipment. 240 mm² (500 MCM)
speed drives, photovoltaic inverters) • tr ≤ 16 s for lower cross section cables
Motors If motor is protected against overload by a • tr = 12 s for a feeder
separate relay, long time setting is done • tr ≥ 8 s for a class 10 motor
according to circuit thermal withstand.
• tr ≥ 12 s for a class 20 motor
If the MicroLogic control unit is also used for • tr ≥ 16 s for a class 30 motor
motor thermal overload, motor class must
be taken in consideration.

Example of tr setting according to the application:

A Generator thermal limit

B Cable thermal limit
C Protection setting generator tLT (minimum notch)
D Protection setting cable tLT (maximum notch)

DOCA0265EN-04 121
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Setting Guidelines

Neutral Protection Setting Guidelines

Some indications for setting neutral protection are given here. For more
information, refer to the neutral protection section, page 107.
The following table indicates the long-time protection settings according to the
neutral cable cross section:
Cross-sectional area of Harmonics Neutral Long-time protection
neutral conductor expected protection
setting
Less than cross-sectional No N/2 Ir is set according to Iz of cable, Ir
area of phase conductors applied to neutral is divided by 2
Equal to cross-sectional No OFF No harmonics expected: the
area of phase conductors protection of neutral is not necessary
Yes N Harmonics expected: the neutral must
be protected by the long-time
protection, set as for the phase
protection
Greater than cross- No OFF No harmonics expected: the
sectional area of phase protection of neutral is not necessary
conductors
Yes Oversized N Harmonics expected: the neutral must
be protected by the long-time
protection, set as for the phase
protection multiplied by 1.6
(Oversized neutral)

NOTE: On 3-pole circuit breakers the ENCT option must be declared.

NOTE: In IT systems, a distributed neutral conductor must be protected. Set
the neutral protection to N/2, N or Oversized N.

122 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Setting the Short-Time Overcurrent Protection (S or

ANSI 50TD/51)
Setting Guidelines
The Isd and tsd settings help to ensure that the short-time withstand current of
protected equipment is not exceeded.
When short-time overcurrent protection automatically disconnects the power
supply in accordance with IEC 60364-4-41, the Isd setting must take into
consideration the fault loop impedance of the protected circuit. For more
information, refer to IEC 60364-4-41 2017 clause 411.4.4 or national low-voltage
installation rules.
Alternatively this function can be performed by ground-fault protection.

Setting Guidelines for Isd

Application Principle Isd usual value

Secondary side of MV/LV Lower than minimum short-circuit or 10 x Ir

transformer (switchboard main ground-fault current at the end of the
incomer or tie circuit breaker protected circuit.
between two switchboards)
Selectivity with downstream circuit
breakers
Generators Lower than minimum short-circuit or 2–3 x Ir
ground-fault current supplied by the
generator.

Selectivity with downstream circuit

breakers
Feeder with other MasterPacT Lower than minimum short-circuit or 10 x Ir
MTZ or ComPacT NS or ground-fault current at the end of the
PowerPacT P- and R-frame protected circuit.
circuit breaker downstream
Selectivity with downstream circuit
breakers
Feeder without other Lower than minimum short-circuit or 10 x Ir
MasterPacT MTZ or ComPacT ground-fault current at the end of the
NS or PowerPacT P- and R- protected circuit.
frame circuit breaker
downstream Selectivity with downstream circuit
breakers
Primary side of LV/LV Lower than minimum secondary short- 10 x Ir
transformer circuit current.

Power electronic (for example, Lower than minimum short-circuit or 1.5–2 x Ir

uninterruptible power supplies, ground-fault current at the end of the
variable speed drives, protected circuit.
photovoltaic inverters)
Lower setting possible as no selectivity
or transient current is expected.

Motors Lower than minimum short-circuit or 10 x Ir

ground-fault current at the end of the
protected circuit.

Lower setting possible above starting

current.

When LV/LV transformers are switched on, very high inrush currents are produced
which must be taken into account when choosing overcurrent protection devices.
The peak value of the first current wave often reaches 10 to 15 times the rated rms
current of the transformer and may reach values of 20 to 25 times the rated
current even for transformers rated less than 50 kVA.

DOCA0265EN-04 123
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Setting Guidelines

Example of inrush current: when transformer is switched on:

A 1st peak 10 to 25 x In
Example of inrush current of direct on line motor when started:

Setting Guidelines for tsd

tsd is set according to selectivity.
Time-based selectivity is provided between two circuit breakers when the supply
side circuit breaker short-time delay is at least one step higher than the load side
short-time delay.
When downstream circuit breakers are ComPacT NSX or PowerPacT H-, J-, or L-
frame circuit breakers, selectivity is always provided with MasterPacT MTZ circuit
breakers with MicroLogic Active control units, for all values of tsd.
Short-time tripping time can be definite time type (tripping time is independent of
current level) or time dependent with I2t = constant curve. This function allows the
curve to be smoothed for low-level overcurrent, providing fast trip at high current.
This is recommended for selectivity with fuses.

Application Principle tsd usual value

Secondary side of MV/LV Selectivity with downstream tsd > tsd of downstream power
transformer (switchboard main circuit breakers circuit breaker (tsd = 0.2 s if
incomer or tie circuit breaker installation includes three
between two switchboards) levels of power circuit breaker)

Feeder with selectivity with Selectivity with downstream tsd > tsd of downstream power
other MasterPacT MTZ, circuit breakers circuit breaker (tsd = 0.1 s if
ComPacT NS or PowerPacT installation includes three
P- and R-frame circuit breaker levels of power circuit breaker)
downstream
Feeder without selectivity with No need for delayed short-time tsd = 0 s
other MasterPacT MTZ, protection
ComPacT NS or PowerPacT
P- and R-frame circuit breaker
downstream
Primary side of LV/LV Stability during inrush. tsd = 0.1 s or
transformer
Selectivity with downstream tsd > tsd of downstream power
circuit breakers circuit breaker, if any

124 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Application Principle tsd usual value

Power electronic No need for delayed short-time tsd = 0 s

(Uninterrupted power supplies, protection
variable speed drives,
photovoltaic inverters, etc.)

Motors Stability during inrush tsd = 0 s or 0.1 s

DOCA0265EN-04 125
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Setting Guidelines

Setting the Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (I or

ANSI 50)
Settings Guideline
Rules for Isd also apply to the Ii threshold.

Application Principle Usual value

Secondary side of MV/LV transformer Selectivity with downstream circuit breakers Ii mode: OFF if other MasterPacT MTZ
(switchboard main incomer) circuit breaker downstream
(MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0 only)

Ii = 15 x In if ComPacT NSXm, ComPacT

NSX, or PowerPacT P- and R-frame circuit
breaker only downstream
Feeder with selectivity with other Same rule as for Isd Ii mode: OFF (MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0
MasterPacT MTZ, ComPacT NS or only)
PowerPacT P- and R-frame circuit breaker
downstream
Feeder without selectivity with other – Ii mode: ON
MasterPacT MTZ, ComPacT NS or
PowerPacT P- and R-frame circuit breaker Ii = 10-15 x In
downstream
Primary side of LV/LV transformer – Ii mode: OFF (MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0
only)
Generators – Ii mode: OFF (MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0
only)
Power electronic (for example, Lower than minimum short-circuit or ground- Ii mode: ON
uninterruptible power supplies, variable fault at the end of the protected circuit.
speed drives, photovoltaic inverters) Lower setting possible as no selectivity or Ii = 2 x In (MicroLogic Active 5.0 and 6.0)
transient current is expected.
Ii = 1.5 x In (MicroLogic Active 2.0)
Motor Lower than minimum short-circuit or ground- Ii mode: ON
fault at the end of the cable. Lower setting
possible above starting current. Ii ≥ 13 x Full load current of motor

Ii setting allows normal transient overcurrent inrush current for transformers:

A 1st peak 10 to 25 x In

126 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Selectivity
Coordination Between Devices
Coordination between the upstream and downstream devices, especially
selectivity, is essential to optimize continuity of service. The large number of
options for setting the protection functions on MicroLogic Active control units
improves the natural coordination between circuit breakers.
Three selectivity techniques can be used:
• Current selectivity, which corresponds to staging of the long-time overcurrent
protection threshold.
• Time selectivity, which corresponds to staging of the short-time overcurrent
protection threshold.
• Energy selectivity, which corresponds to staging of the circuit breaker energy
levels: this applies for high intensity short-circuit currents.

Selectivity Rules
The selectivity rules depend on:
• The type of control unit on the circuit breakers installed upstream and
downstream: electronic or thermal-magnetic.
• The accuracy of the settings.

Selectivity of Overcurrent Protection

For overcurrent protection, the selectivity rules between electronic control units
are as follows:

DOCA0265EN-04 127
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Setting Guidelines

• Current and time selectivity:

◦ A ratio of Ir Q1/Ir Q2 greater than or equal to 1.3 is sufficient between the Ir
threshold for long-time protection of the control unit on the upstream circuit
breaker Q1 and that of the control unit on the downstream circuit breaker
Q2.
◦ The tr time delay for long-time protection of the control unit on the upstream
circuit breaker Q1 is identical or greater than that of the control unit on the
downstream circuit breaker Q2.
◦ A ratio of 1.5 is sufficient between the Isd threshold for short-time protection
of the control unit on the upstream circuit breaker Q1 and that of the control
unit on the downstream circuit breaker Q2.
◦ The tsd time delay for short-time protection of the control unit on the
upstream circuit breaker Q1 is greater than that of the control unit on the
downstream circuit breaker Q2.
◦ If the upstream circuit breaker is in the I2t off position, the downstream
circuit breakers must not be in the I2t on position.
• Energy selectivity is provided by the circuit breaker design and build
characteristics. The selectivity limit can only be specified by the manufacturer.

Ground-Fault Protection Selectivity

For ground-fault protection, only the rules for time selectivity should be applied to
the Ig protection threshold and tg time delay:
• A ratio of 1.3 is sufficient between the Ig threshold for ground-fault protection of
the control unit on the upstream circuit breaker Q1 and that of the control unit
on the downstream circuit breaker Q2.
• The tg time delay for ground-fault protection of the control unit on the upstream
circuit breaker Q1 is greater than that of the control unit on the downstream
circuit breaker Q2.
• If the upstream circuit breaker is in theI2t off position, the downstream circuit
breakers must not be in the I2t on position.

Selectivity Limit
Depending on the staging of circuit breaker ratings and protection parameter
settings, selectivity can be:
• Limited (partial selectivity) up to a value lower than the maximum expected
short-circuit current.
• Total (total selectivity), performed irrespective of the value of the short-circuit
current.

Selectivity Table
Schneider Electric provides selectivity tables showing the type of selectivity
(partial or total) between each circuit breaker for its entire range of circuit
breakers. For more information, refer to LVPED318033EN Complementary
Technical Information.

I2t ON/OFF Function

Use the I2t inverse time curve function to improve circuit breaker coordination. Use
it when a protection device using inverse time only is installed upstream or
downstream, for example a fuse protection device.

128 DOCA0265EN-04
Setting Guidelines MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

I2t OFF I2t ON

I2 t OFF I2 t ON

t(s) t(s)

MTZ08 - MicroLogic Active - 800A MTZ08 - MicroLogic Active - 800A

gG - 250 A gG - 250 A

I (A) I (A)

DOCA0265EN-04 129
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Metering Functions
What’s in This Part
MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display ................................. 131
MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics ............................................. 135
MicroLogic Active Real-Time Measurements .................................................. 139
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Demand Value Calculation..................................... 142
MicroLogic Active Network Settings ............................................................... 144
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Metering..................................................... 145
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Calculation Algorithm .................................. 148
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Energy Metering ................................................... 150
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Factor PF and cos φ Measurement .............. 152

130 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and

Display
Presentation
The available measurements depend on the type of MicroLogic Active control unit:
• MicroLogic Active A/AP control unit measures currents only.
• MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit measures currents and voltages.
The measurements can be displayed :
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen
• On the FDM121 display
• With Panel Server Zigbee connectivity: on Panel Server webpages and on
remote controllers connected to Panel Server, through Zigbee wireless
communication (MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit only)
• On a server or remote controller using the wired communication network
• On IFE/EIFE webpages
The following tables indicate which measurements are available on each type of
display option.

Current
Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Real-time phase current values I1, I2, I3 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
Maximum phase current values I1 Max, I2 Max, I3 Max ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
Minimum phase current values I1 Min, I2 Min, I3 Min – – – ✔ –
Real-time neutral current value IN(1) ✔ – ✔ ✔ –
Maximum neutral current value IN Max(1) ✔ – – ✔ –
Minimum neutral current value IN Min(1) – – – ✔ –
Real-time average current value I Avg(2) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
Minimum average current value Iavg Min – – – ✔ –

Real-time ground-fault current value Ig ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Maximum value of the ground-fault current Ig Max ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔

Minimum value of the ground-fault current Ig Min – – – ✔ –

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENCT wired and configured.

(2) Applies to MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit only.

Current Unbalance (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Real-time maximum of 3 phase current unbalances I Unb ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum of maximum of 3 phase current unbalances I Unb ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Max

DOCA0265EN-04 131
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display

Current Demand (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Phase (I1, I2, I3) current demand values – ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Phase (Iavg) current demand values – – ✔ – –

Phase (I1, I2, I3) peak current demand values – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Phase (Iavg) peak current demand values – – ✔ – ✔

Neutral (IN) current demand value(1) – – ✔ ✔ –

Neutral (IN) peak current demand value(1) – – ✔ ✔ ✔

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Operating Indicators (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Phase rotation ✔ – – – –
Type of load ✔ – – – –

Voltage (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Real-time phase-to-phase voltage values V12, V23, V31 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum values of phase-to-phase voltages V12 MAX, ✔ ✔ – ✔ –

V23 MAX, V31 MAX
Minimum values of phase-to-phase voltages V12 MIN, V23 ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
MIN, V31 MIN
Real-time phase-to-neutral voltages V1N, V2N, V3N(1) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum values of phase-to-neutral voltages V1N MAX, ✔ ✔ – ✔ –

V2N MAX, V3N MAX(1)
Minimum values of phase-to-neutral voltages V1N MIN, ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
V2N MIN, V3N MIN(1)
Real-time average phase-to-phase voltage Vavg LL ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
Real-time average phase-to-neutral voltage Vavg LN(1) ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Voltage Unbalance (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
unbalances VLL Unb
Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
unbalances VLN Unb(1)
Maximum of maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
unbalances VLL Unb Max

132 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE

Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Maximum of maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
unbalances VLN Unb Max(1)
Real-time phase-to-phase voltage unbalances V12unbal, – – ✔ ✔ –
V23unbal, V31unbal
Real-time phase-to-neutral voltage unbalances V1Nunbal, – – ✔ ✔ –
V2Nunbal, V3Nunbal(1)
(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Power (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Real-time active power for each phase P1, P2, P3(1) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum values of active power for each phase P1 MAX, ✔ ✔ – ✔ –

P2 MAX, P3 MAX(1)
Real-time total active power Ptot ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
Maximum value of total active power Ptot MAX ✔ ✔ – ✔ –

Real-time reactive power for each phase Q1, Q2, Q3(1) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum values of reactive powers for each phase Q1 – ✔ – ✔ –

MAX, Q2 MAX, Q3 MAX(1)
Real-time total reactive power Qtot ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum value of total reactive power Qtot MAX ✔ ✔ – ✔ –

Real-time apparent power for each phase S1, S2, S3(1) ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum values of apparent powers for each phase S1 ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
MAX, S2 MAX, S3 MAX(1)
Real-time total apparent power Stot ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
Maximum value of total apparent power Stot MAX ✔ ✔ – ✔ –

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Power Demand (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Total active power demand value – ✔ ✔ ✔ –
Total peak active power demand value – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Total reactive power demand value – ✔ – ✔ –
Total peak reactive power demand value – ✔ – ✔ ✔
Total apparent power demand value – ✔ – ✔ –
Total peak apparent power demand value – ✔ – ✔ ✔

DOCA0265EN-04 133
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display

Power Factor PF and cos φ (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Real-time total power factor PF ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
– ✔ – ✔ –
• Maximum value of the total power factor PF Max
• Minimum value of the total power factor PF Min
Real-time total cos φ ✔ ✔ – – –
– ✔ – ✔ –
• Maximum cos φ Max
• Minimum cos φ Min
Real-time power factors for each phase PF1, PF2, PF3(1) – ✔ ✔ ✔ –
– ✔ – ✔ –
• Maximum power factor for each phase PF1 Max, PF2
Max, PF3 Max(1)
• Minimum power factor for each phase PF1 Min, PF2
Min, PF3 Min(1)
(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Frequency (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Frequency ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –

Maximum frequency ✔ – ✔ ✔ –

Minimum frequency ✔ – ✔ ✔ –

Resettable Energy Meters (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement MicroLogic FDM121 Panel Server Wired IFE/EIFE
Active HMI Zigbee communica- webpages
connectivity tion network
Total active energy value Ep ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
Total active energy values: Ep delivered, and Ep received ✔ – ✔ ✔ –

Active energy values for each phase: Ep1 delivered, Ep2 – – ✔ ✔ ✔

delivered, Ep3 delivered, Ep1 received, Ep2 received,
Ep3 received
Total reactive energy value Eq ✔ ✔ – ✔ –
Total reactive energy values: Eq delivered, and Eq ✔ – ✔ ✔ –
received
Reactive energy values for each phase: Eq1 delivered, – – ✔ ✔ ✔
Eq2 delivered, Eq3 delivered, Eq1 received, Eq2
received, Eq3 received
Total apparent energy value Es ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ –
Apparent energy value for each phase Es1, Es2, Es3 – – ✔ ✔ –

134 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics

Presentation
The following tables indicate the measurements available in MicroLogic Active
control units and specify the following information for each measurement:
• Unit
• Measurement range

Current
Measurement Unit Range

• Real-time phase current values I1, I2, I3 A 0(1)–20 In

• Maximum phase current values I1 Max, I2 Max, I3 Max

• Minimum phase current values I1 Min, I2 Min, I3 Min

A 0(1)–20 In
• Real-time neutral current value IN(2)
• Maximum neutral current value IN Max(2)
• Minimum neutral current value IN Min(2)

A 0(1)–20 In
• Real-time average current value I Avg(3)
• Minimum average current value Iavg Min

A 0–20 In
• Real-time ground-fault current value Ig
• Maximum value of the ground-fault current Ig Max
• Minimum value of the ground-fault current Ig Min

(1) If the current falls below the lowest measurable current, the measurement reverts to 0 A.
• For MasterPacT MTZ1/MTZ2 circuit breaker, the lowest measurable current is:
◦ 15 A when In ≥ 400 A.
◦ 5 A when In < 400 A.
• For MasterPacT MTZ3 circuit breaker, the lowest measurable current is 30 A.
(2) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENCT wired and configured.

(3) Applies to MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit only.

Current Unbalance (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

• Real-time maximum of 3 phase current unbalances 0–100%

• Maximum of maximum of 3 phase current unbalances

DOCA0265EN-04 135
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics

Current Demand (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Unit Range

A 0–20 In
• Phase (I1, I2, I3, Iavg) current demand values
• Phase (I1, I2, I3, Iavg) peak current demand values

A 0–20 In
• Neutral (IN) current demand value(1)
• Neutral (IN) peak current demand value(1)

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENCT wired and configured.

Operating Indicators
Measurement Range

Phase rotation 123 or 132

Type of load Leading or Lagging (IEEE)

Capacitive or Inductive (IEC)

Voltage (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

• Real-time phase-to-phase voltage values V12, V23, V31 0(1)–1,150 V

• Maximum values of phase-to-phase voltages V12 MAX, V23 MAX, V31 MAX
• Minimum values of phase-to-phase voltages V12 MIN, V23 MIN, V31 MIN

0(1)–660 V
• Real-time phase-to-neutral voltages V1N, V2N, V3N(2)
• Maximum values of phase-to-neutral voltages V1N MAX, V2N MAX, V3N MAX(2)
• Minimum values of phase-to-neutral voltages V1N MIN, V2N MIN, V3N MIN(2)

• Real-time average phase-to-phase voltage Vavg LL 0(1)–1,150 V

• Real-time average phase-to-neutral voltage Vavg LN(2) 0(1)–600 V

(1) If the voltage falls below the lowest measurable voltage (10 V), the measurement reverts to 0 V.

(2) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Voltage Unbalance (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

• Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage unbalances VLL Unb 0–100%

• Real-time maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage unbalances VLN Unb(1) 0–100%

• Maximum of maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage unbalances VLL Unb Max 0–100%

• Maximum of maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage unbalances VLN Unb Max(1) 0–100%

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

136 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Power (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

-16,000– +16,000 kW
• Real-time active power for each phase P1, P2, P3(1)
• Maximum values of active power for each phase P1 MAX, P2 MAX, P3 MAX(1)

• Real-time total active power Ptot -16,000– +16,000 kW

• Maximum value of total active power Ptot MAX

-16,000– +16,000 kvar

• Real-time reactive power for each phase Q1, Q2, Q3(1)
• Maximum values of reactive power for each phase Q1 MAX, Q2 MAX, Q3 MAX(1)

-16,000– +16,000 kvar

• Real-time total reactive power Qtot
• Maximum value of total reactive power Qtot MAX

-16,000– +16,000 kVA

• Real-time apparent power for each phase S1, S2, S3(1)
• Maximum values of apparent powers for each phase S1 MAX, S2 MAX, S3 MAX(1)

-16,000– +16,000 kVA

• Real-time total apparent power Stot
• Maximum value of total apparent power Stot MAX

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

Power Demand (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

• Total active power demand value -16,000– +16,000 kW

• Total peak active power demand value

• Total reactive power demand value -16,000– +16,000 kvar

• Total peak reactive power demand value

• Total apparent power demand value -16,000– +16,000 kVA

• Total peak apparent power demand value

Power Factor PF and cos φ (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

-1.00–+1.00
• Real-time total power factor PF
• Maximum value of the total power factor PF Max
• Minimum value of the total power factor PF Min

• Real-time total cos φ -1.00–+1.00

• Maximum cos φ Max

• Minimum cos φ Min

Real-time power factors for each phase PF1, PF2, PF3(1) -1.00–+1.00

-1.00–+1.00
• Maximum power factor for each phase PF1 Max, PF2 Max, PF3 Max(1)
• Minimum power factor for each phase PF1 Min, PF2 Min, PF3 Min(1)

(1) Applies to 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers with ENVT wired and configured.

DOCA0265EN-04 137
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active Measurement Characteristics

Frequency (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

• Frequency 40–70 Hz

• Maximum frequency
• Minimum frequency

Resettable Energy Meters (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Measurement Range

Total active energy value Ep -10,000,000 to +10,000,000 kWh

Total active energy values Ep delivered and Ep received -10,000,000 to +10,000,000 kWh

Total reactive energy value Eq -10,000,000 to +10,000,000 kvarh

Total reactive energy values Eq delivered and Eq received -10,000,000 to +10,000,000 kvarh

Apparent energy Es -10,000,000 to +10,000,000 kVAh

138 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active Real-Time Measurements MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active Real-Time Measurements

Presentation
MicroLogic Active control units measure or calculate in real time the electrical
quantities described in MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display,
page 131.
The values of the electrical quantities, whether measured or calculated in real
time, update once a second at rated frequency.

Measuring the Neutral Current

MicroLogic Active control units in 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers
with the ENCT wired and configured, measure the neutral current:
• For a 3-pole circuit breaker, the neutral current is measured by adding a
current transformer on the neutral conductor for the transformer information.
For more information, refer to MasterPacT MTZ with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - Catalog.
• For a 4-pole circuit breaker, the neutral current is measured systematically.
The neutral current is measured in the same way as the phase currents.

Measuring the Ground-Fault Current

MicroLogic Active control units calculate or measure the ground-fault current in
the same way as the phase currents, according to the circuit breaker
configuration, as shown in the following table.

Circuit breaker configuration Ig ground-fault current

3P Ig = I1 + I2 + I3

4P Ig = I1 + I2 + I3 + IN

3P + ENCT Ig = I1 + I2 + I3 + IN (ENCT)

Measuring the Phase-to-Neutral Voltages

(MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
MicroLogic Active control units in 4-pole circuit breakers, or 3-pole circuit breakers
with the ENVT wired and configured, measure the phase-to-neutral (or line-to-
neutral) voltages V1N, V2N, and V3N:
• For a 3-pole circuit breaker, it is necessary to:
◦ Connect the wire from the ENVT to the neutral conductor
◦ Declare the ENVT in the system type setting
• For 4-pole circuit breakers, the phase-to-neutral voltages are measured
systematically.
The phase-to-neutral voltages are measured in the same way as the phase-to-
phase voltages.

DOCA0265EN-04 139
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active Real-Time Measurements

Calculating the Average Current

MicroLogic Active control units calculate the average current Iavg, the arithmetic
mean of the 3 phase currents:

Calculating the Average Voltage

(MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control units calculate the average voltages:
• Phase-to-phase Vavg, the arithmetic mean of the 3 phase-to-phase voltages:

• Phase-to-neutral Vavg, the arithmetic mean of the 3 phase-to-neutral voltages

(4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers wired and configured with the
ENVT):

Measuring the Current Phase Unbalance

(MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control units calculate the current unbalance for each
phase (3 values) and the maximum current unbalance.
The current unbalance is a percentage of the average current:

Measuring the Voltage Phase Unbalance

(MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control units calculate:
• The phase-to-phase voltage unbalance for each phase (3 values) and the
maximum of 3 phase-to-phase voltage unbalances.
• For 4-pole circuit breakers or 3-pole circuit breakers wired and configured with
the ENVT: the phase-to-neutral (if present) voltage unbalance for each phase
(3 values) and the maximum of 3 phase-to-neutral voltage unbalances.
The voltage unbalance is expressed as a percentage compared to the average
value of the electrical quantity (Vavg):

140 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active Real-Time Measurements MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Maximum/Minimum Values
The MicroLogic Active control unit determines the maximum (MAX) and minimum
(MIN) value reached by some electrical quantities for the period from the last reset
to the present time. The maximum and minimum values available are described in
MicroLogic Active Measurement Availability and Display, page 131.

Resetting Maximum/Minimum Values

Maximum and minimum values can be reset on the MicroLogic Active display
screen from the tree navigation menu:
• Maximum values of current and power can be reset at:
◦ Measures > Current
◦ Measures > Power (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
• Maximum and minimum values of voltage and frequency can be reset at:
◦ Measures > Voltage (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
◦ Measures > Frequency (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)
All maximum and minimum values for the group of electrical quantity selected are
reset.

DOCA0265EN-04 141
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Demand Value Calculation

MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Demand Value

Calculation
Presentation
The MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit calculates the demand values of phase
and average currents.
Each maximum demand value (peak) is stored in memory.

Definition
The demand value is the average value of a quantity over a specified period of
time (interval).

Current Demand Value Calculation

The current demand is calculated using the thermal method. The thermal current
demand calculates the demand based on a thermal response which mimics the
analog thermal demand meters, as shown in the following illustration:

The time constant of integration (current demand calculation interval) is fixed and
set at 15 minutes.

Power Demand Value Calculation

The power demand value is calculated using arithmetical integration of power
RMS values over a period of time, divided by the length of the period. The result is
equivalent to the energy accumulated during the period of time divided by the
length of the period. In the MicroLogic Active control unit the power demand is
calculated according to the sliding block method.

The power demand calculation interval is fixed and set at 15 minutes.

At the end of the power demand calculation interval, and then every one tenth of
the interval, that is every 1 minute 30 seconds:
• The demand value over the interval is calculated and updated.

142 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Demand Value Calculation MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

• Calculation of a new demand value is initialized on a new interval:

◦ By eliminating the contribution of the first tenth of the previous interval
◦ By adding the contribution of the latest tenth

DOCA0265EN-04 143
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active Network Settings

MicroLogic Active Network Settings

Presentation
The following settings are related to the characteristics of the local network. They
are used by the measurement functions of the MicroLogic Active control unit.
These settings have no effect on protections.

System Type Setting

On 3-pole circuit breakers, the system type setting allows the activation of:
• The ENCT (external neutral current transformer)
• The ENVT (external neutral voltage tap, MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control
units only)
The system type can be set on the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree
navigation menu, at Configuration > Measures > System Type.

Rated Phase-to-Phase Voltage (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Available settings include: 208 V / 220 V / 230 V / 240 V / 380 V / 400 V / 415 V /
440 V / 480 V / 500 V / 525 V / 550 V / 575 V / 600 V / 660 V / 690 V
Default = 400 V.
The rated voltage can be set on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display screen,
from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Network > Voltage.

Rated Frequency (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

Available settings are:
• 50 Hz
• 60 Hz
The rated frequency can be set on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display screen,
from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Network > Frequency.
After changing the rated frequency setting, the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control
unit must be restarted for the new setting to be taken into account, page 39.

VT Ratio (MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei)

The VT ratio is the ratio between the primary and the secondary rated voltages as
measured by a voltage transformer (VT).
The value range for the primary voltage (VT in) is from 100–1,250 in increments of
1 (factory setting: 690).
The value range for the secondary voltage (VT out) is from 100–690 in increments
of 1 (factory setting: 690).
The primary and secondary voltages can be set on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei
display screen, from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Network > VT
Ratio.

144 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Metering MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Metering

Presentation
The MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit calculates the electrical quantities
required for power management:
• The real-time values of the:
◦ Active powers (total Ptot and per phase) in kW
◦ Reactive powers (total Qtot and per phase) in kvar
◦ Apparent powers (total Stot and per phase) in kVA
NOTE: Per phase powers are calculated in 4-pole or 3-pole circuit
breakers with ENVT wired and configured.
• The maximum values for each of these powers
• The cos φ and power factor (PF) indicators
• The type of load (leading or lagging)
All these electrical quantities are continuously calculated and their value is
updated once a second at rated frequency.

Principle of Power Metering

The MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit calculates the power values from the
current and voltage samples.
The calculation principle is based on:
• Definition of the powers
• Algorithms for the 3-wattmeter calculation method, page 148
• Set value of the power sign (circuit breaker powered from upstream (top) or
downstream (bottom))

Total Power Calculation Method

The total reactive and apparent power can be calculated by one of the two
following methods:
• Vector
• Arithmetic (factory setting)
The calculation method can be set on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display
screen, from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Measures > P Calc.

DOCA0265EN-04 145
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Metering

3-Pole Circuit Breaker, 4-Pole Circuit Breaker

The calculation algorithm is based on the 3-wattmeter method:

When there is voltage measurement on the neutral (4-pole or 3-pole circuit

breaker with ENVT wired and configured), the control unit measures the power by
using 3 single-phase loads downstream.
When there is no voltage measurement on the neutral (3-pole circuit breaker on
power system without neutral) an internal voltage floating reference is used to
measure power.

3-Pole Circuit Breaker, Distributed Neutral

Declare the ENVT in the system type setting, page 144.
NOTE: Declaration of the ENVT alone does not result in correct calculation of
the powers. It is essential to connect the wire from the ENVT to the neutral
conductor.

Power Sign and Operating Quadrant

By definition, the active powers are:
• Signed + when they are received by the user, that is, when the device is acting
as a receiver.
• Signed - when they are delivered by the user, that is, when the device is acting
as a generator.
By definition, the reactive powers have:
• The same sign as the active energies and powers when the current lags
behind the voltage, that is, when the device is inductive (lagging).
• The opposite sign to the active energies and powers when the current is ahead
of the voltage, that is, when the device is capacitive (leading).
These definitions therefore determine 4 operating quadrants (Q1, Q2, Q3, and
Q4):

146 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Metering MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Power Sign Convention

The sign for the power running through the circuit breaker depends on the type of
connection:
• Circuit breakers with the active power flowing from upstream (top) to
downstream (bottom) should be set with the power sign P+
• Circuit breakers with the active power flowing from downstream (bottom) to
upstream (top) should be set with the power sign P-
Set the power sign convention on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display screen,
from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Network > Power sign.

DOCA0265EN-04 147
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Calculation Algorithm

MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Calculation

Algorithm
Presentation
The algorithms are given for the 3-wattmeter calculation method. The power
definitions and calculation are given for a network with harmonics.

Active Powers
The active power for each phase is calculated as follows:

The total active power is calculated as follows:

Reactive Power
The reactive power with harmonics for each phase is calculated as follows:

The total reactive power is calculated as follows:

• With vector method:

• With arithmetic method:

Apparent Power
The apparent power for each phase and total apparent power is calculated as
follows:
Sp = (Vp x Ip) where p = 1, 2, 3 (phase)
The apparent power for each phase and total apparent power is calculated as
follows:
• With vector method:

• With arithmetic method:

148 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Calculation Algorithm MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

ENVT Wiring and Configuration on 3-Pole Circuit Breaker

When installed on a system with distributed neutral, correct ENVT wiring and
configuration are necessary to calculate and display correct values per phase,
page 139.
When installed on a system without distributed neutral, if ENVT is configured to
Yes, power values per phase are not relevant.
The following table indicates the displayed and calculated values for each
configuration:

Power MTZ ENVT ENVT Ptot Pp Qtot Qp Stot PFtot PFp VLL Vavg VLN Vavg
system wired config- LL LN
ured
3-phase + 4P NA NA ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
neutral
3P Yes Yes ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

3P Yes No ✔ NR ✔ NR ✔ ✔ NR ✔ ✔ NR NR
3P No Yes ✔ ND ✔ ND ✔ ✔ ND ✔ ✔ ND ND
3P No No ✔ ND ✔ ND ✔ ✔ ND ✔ ✔ ND ND
3-phase 3P Yes NA ✔ NR ✔ NR ✔ ✔ NR ✔ ✔ NR NR
3P No NA ✔ ND ✔ ND ✔ ✔ ND ✔ ✔ ND ND
✔ Value is calculated and displayed

NA Not applicable

NR Value displayed is not relevant

ND Value is not displayed

DOCA0265EN-04 149
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Energy Metering

MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Energy Metering

Presentation
The MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit calculates the different types of energy
using energy meters and provides the values of:
• The total active energy Ep, the active energy delivered (into the load) Ep
delivered, and the active energy received (out of the load) Ep received
• The active energy for each phase delivered (into the load): Ep1 delivered, Ep2
delivered and Ep3 delivered
• The active energy for each phase received (out of the load): Ep1 received, Ep2
received and Ep3 received
• The total reactive energy Eq, the reactive energy delivered (into the load) Eq
delivered, and the reactive energy received (out of the load) Eq received
• The reactive energy for each phase delivered (into the load): Eq1 delivered,
Eq2 delivered and Eq3 delivered
• The reactive energy for each phase received (out of the load): Eq1 received,
Eq2 received and Eq3 received
• The total apparent energy Es
• The apparent energy for each phase Es1, Es2 and Es3
The energy values are calculated every second, and shown as an hourly
consumption. Values are stored in non-volatile memory every hour.
A resettable counter is available for each energy meter.
NOTE: To perform reliable energy measurement across the current range the
control unit must be powered by an external 24 Vdc power supply, page 34.

Principle of Energy Calculation

By definition energy is the integration of the real-time power over a period T. The
integration period T lasts for a number of cycles equal to the rated frequency.

Partial Energy Meters

For each type of energy, active or reactive, a partial received energy meter and a
partial delivered energy meter calculate the accumulated energy by incrementing
once a second:
• Delivered energy is always counted positively.
Edelivered(t) = Edelivered(t - 1) + (Gdelivered(t))/3600
where Gdelivered = Ptot or Qtot > 0
• Received energy is always counted negatively.
Ereceived(t) = Ereceived(t - 1) + (|Greceived(t)|)/3600
where Greceived = Ptot or Qtot < 0

150 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Energy Metering MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Energy Meters
From the partial energy meters and for each type of energy, active or reactive, an
energy meter provides either of the following measurements once a second:
• The absolute energy, by adding the received and delivered energies together.
The energy accumulation mode is absolute.

• The signed energy, by differentiating between received and delivered energies.

The energy accumulation mode is signed.

The apparent energy Es is always counted positively.

Selecting Energy Calculation

The information sought determines calculation selection:
• The absolute value of the energy that has crossed the poles of a circuit breaker
or the cables of an item of electrical equipment is relevant for maintenance of
an installation.
• The signed values of the energy delivered and the energy received are
required to calculate the economic cost of an item of equipment.
By default, absolute energy accumulation mode is configured.
Select the energy calculation mode on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display
screen, from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Measures > E calcul.

Resetting Energy Meters

The energy meters can be reset on the MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display screen,
from the tree navigation menu, at Measures > Energy > Reset Counters

DOCA0265EN-04 151
 MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Factor PF and cos φ
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Measurement

MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Factor PF and cos

φ Measurement
Power Factor PF
The MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit calculates the total power factor PF
from the total active power Ptot and the total apparent power Stot:

NOTE: Stot is the vector or arithmetic total apparent power, depending on the
setting, page 148.
This indicator qualifies:
• The oversizing necessary for the installation power supply when harmonic
currents are present.
• The presence of harmonic currents by comparison with the value of the cos φ
(see below).

cos φ
The MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit calculates the cos φ from the total
fundamental active power Pfundtot and the total fundamental apparent power
Sfundtot:

This indicator qualifies the usage of the fundamental energy and defines the
quadrant of operation. The cos φ is also called the Displacement Power Factor
(DPF).

152 DOCA0265EN-04
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Factor PF and cos φ
Measurement MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Sign for the Power Factor PF and cos φ

Two sign conventions can be applied for these indicators:
• IEC convention: The sign for these indicators complies strictly with the signed
calculations of the powers (that is, Ptot, Stot, Pfundtot, and Sfundtot).
• IEEE convention: The indicators are calculated in accordance with the
following formula:

The following figures define the sign for the power factor PF and cos φ by
quadrant (Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4) for both conventions:

IEC Convention
Operation in all quadrants (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4) Values of cos φ in receiver operation (Q1, Q4)

IEEE Convention
Operation in all quadrants (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4) Values of cos φ in receiver operation (Q1, Q4)

NOTE: For a device, a part of an installation which is only a receiver (or

generator), the advantage of the IEEE convention is that it adds the type of
reactive component to the PF and cos φ indicators:
• Lead: positive sign for the PF and cos φ indicators.
• Lag: negative sign for the PF and cos φ indicators.

Monitoring the cos φ and Power Factor PF Indicators

According to the IEEE convention, critical situations in receiver mode on a
capacitive or inductive load are detected and differentiated (two values).
The following table indicates the direction in which the indicators vary and their
value in receiver mode:

DOCA0265EN-04 153
 MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei Power Factor PF and cos φ
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Measurement

IEEE Convention
Operating quadrant Q1 Q4

Direction in which the cos φ (or PFs) vary over the

operating range

Value of the cos φ (or PFs) over the operating range 0...-0.3...-0.8...-1 +1...+0.8...+0.4...0

According to the IEC convention, critical situations in receiver mode on a

capacitive or inductive load are detected but not differentiated (one value).
The following table indicates the direction in which the indicators vary and their
value in receiver mode:

IEC Convention
Operating quadrant Q1 Q4

Direction in which the cos φ (or PFs) vary over the

operating range

Value of the cos φ (or PFs) over the operating range 0...+0.3...+0.8...+1 +1...+0.8...+0.4...0

Selecting the Sign Convention for the cos φ and Power

Factor PF
Set the sign convention for the cos φ and PF indicators on the
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei display screen, from the tree navigation menu, at
Configuration > Measures > PF / Var
The factory setting of the sign convention is IEC.

154 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Maintenance and Diagnostic Functions

What’s in This Part
Maintenance Tools ....................................................................................... 156
Assistance ................................................................................................... 157
Maintenance Schedule ................................................................................. 158
Health State................................................................................................. 159
Monitoring the Circuit Breaker ....................................................................... 161
Monitoring the Tripping Circuit ....................................................................... 162
Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the MicroLogic Active Control
Unit ............................................................................................................. 165
Monitoring the Communicating Voltage Releases ........................................... 169
Monitoring the Contact Wear......................................................................... 171
Monitoring the Load Profile ........................................................................... 173

DOCA0265EN-04 155
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Maintenance Tools

Maintenance Tools
Presentation
The following tools are available to support maintenance and diagnostic functions:
• MySchneider app, page 32
• EcoStruxure Power Device app, page 29

156 DOCA0265EN-04
Assistance MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Assistance
Presentation
The assistance menu on the MicroLogic Active display screen gives information
about the firmware version of the microprocessors installed in the
MicroLogic Active control unit. Firmware updates are managed with EcoStruxure
Power Commission software.

Data Availability
The firmware version is available as follows:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree navigation menu, at:
Maintenance > Assistance > Firmware version
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app
• On a server or remote controller using the wired communication network

DOCA0265EN-04 157
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance Schedule
Overview
The MicroLogic Active control unit provides information to help with scheduling
preventive maintenance operations.
It monitors maintenance programs performed and generates an event to indicate
that Manufacturer maintenance is due.

Operating Principle
The MicroLogic Active control unit generates an event to indicate that
Manufacturer maintenance is due.
Manufacturer maintenance schedule events are calculated from the assembly
date of the circuit breaker.

Predefined Events
The maintenance schedule function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1482 Sched. Manufact. maintenance within 3 months Diagnostic Medium

(5250)

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x1482 Sched. Manufact. Plan to schedule the Manufacturer preventive
(5250) maintenance within 3 maintenance program within three months. To plan,
months edit report and track maintenance intervention, you
may use EcoStruxure Facility Expert app.

158 DOCA0265EN-04
Health State MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Health State
Presentation
The health state of the circuit breaker is determined from the following functions:
• Circuit breaker monitoring, page 161
• Contact wear monitoring, page 171
The health state of the circuit breaker is displayed on the Health screen and the
Status bar.
For more information, refer to the list of events, page 214.

Health Screen
The Health screen displays one of the following screens:

Health Good health state (green)

Breaker health is
GOOD

Health Medium-severity detected alarm that requires non-urgent action (orange)

Breaker requires
planned
intervention

Health High-severity detected alarm that requires immediate corrective action

(red)

Breaker requires
immediate action

Status Bar
The Status bar:
• Is lit in green under normal operating conditions.
• Is lit in orange in the case of a medium severity alarm which requires non-
urgent maintenance action.
• Is lit in red in the case of a high severity alarm which requires immediate
maintenance action.
• Blinks red in the case of a trip event.

DOCA0265EN-04 159
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Health State

Data Availability
The health state is available:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI Health screen during Quick View scrolling.
• With the Zigbee wireless communication network for MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control units.
• On a server or remote controller using the wired communication network
When a high or medium severity event is detected a pop-up screen is displayed,
page 79. If the pop-up is acknowledged by pressing OK, the display returns to
Quick View scrolling, and the Health screen is displayed again.

160 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Circuit Breaker MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Monitoring the Circuit Breaker

Presentation
The monitoring of the circuit breaker consists in monitoring its ability to establish
or interrupt a circuit and to provide protection against electrical faults. The
MicroLogic Active control unit therefore monitors:
• The tripping circuit, page 162.
• The internal functioning of the MicroLogic Active control unit, page 165.
• Contact wear of the circuit breaker, page 171.
When the MicroLogic Active control unit detects an incident in one of the
monitored functions listed, an event is generated with an orange or red pop-up
screen and corresponding event message.

DOCA0265EN-04 161
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Monitoring the Tripping Circuit

Monitoring the Tripping Circuit

Presentation
When the MicroLogic Active control unit is energized, it provides constant
monitoring of the following:
• The internal tripping circuit
• The connection of the internal sensors (internal current transformers, sensor
plug, performer plug)
• The connection of the circuit breaker tripping voltage release (MITOP) to the
MicroLogic Active control unit
• The connection of the ENCT (External Neutral Current Transformer)
NOTE: The mechanism is not monitored. It is recommended to perform
preventive maintenance as proposed by Schneider Electric. For more
information, refer to DOCA0305•• MasterPacT MTZ IEC Circuit Breakers with
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Maintenance Guide, page 10.

Operating Principle: Ready LED

The result of the monitoring is indicated by
the Ready LED on the front face of the
MicroLogic
MicroLogic Active control unit, as follows:
A
• The Ready LED is flashing green: the
internal tripping circuit of the circuit
breaker is functioning correctly.
• The Ready LED is off, which indicates
one of two scenarios:
◦ The MicroLogic Active control unit is
not energized. In this case, provide
power to the control unit with a Mobile
Power Pack. If the Ready LED is still
off, consult the history of active events
on the MicroLogic Active display
screen, from the tree navigation menu,
at Alarms/History > Active Alarms to
diagnose the situation.
◦ There is a detected incident in the
tripping circuit. Consult the history of
Act 6.0 E
ID:
active events on the MicroLogic Active
00000N0000000000LV947603
display screen, from the tree
navigation menu, at Alarms/History >
Active Alarms to diagnose the
situation.
In 1600 A

A. Ready LED

Circuit Breaker Status

Following the detection of an incident in the tripping circuit the circuit breaker may
be tripped or not, depending on the type of incident detected.

162 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Tripping Circuit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Unable to Read Sensor Plug

When the MicroLogic Active control unit is unable to read the rated current In from
the sensor plug, the event Unable to read sensor plug is generated and the
value of the rated current In is forced:
• In = 400 A for MasterPacT MTZ1/MTZ2 circuit breaker
• In = 800 A for MasterPacT MTZ3 circuit breaker
The protection settings based on the value of In are modified accordingly.

Tripping Data and Availability

The following data about the tripping function is logged by the MicroLogic Active
control unit:
• Total number of trips
• The name and date of the most recent trip
The tripping data is available:
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app through NFC and USB OTG connection.
• With the Zigbee wireless communication network for MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control units.
• On a server or remote controller using the wired communication network

Predefined Events
The monitoring of the tripping circuit generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4007 (16391) Self diagnostic trip. Replace control unit Trip High with trip

0x400A (16394) ENCT Disconnected trip Trip High with trip

0x4033 (16435) Current sensor loss. Replace Circuit Breaker Trip High with trip

0x1400 (5120) Self test 1. Replace control unit Diagnostic High with trip

0x1404 (5124) Control unit over temperature Diagnostic High with trip

0x1405 (5125) Self test 3. Replace control unit Diagnostic High with trip

0x1406 (5126) Self test 4. Replace control unit Diagnostic High with trip

0x1416 (5142) Mitop disconnected. Call Schneider Electric support Diagnostic High with trip

0x1402 (5122) Current sensor loss. Replace circuit breaker. Diagnostic High with trip

0x1403 (5123) ENCT disconnected Diagnostic High with trip

0x1430 (5168) Protection settings reset to factory values Diagnostic High

0x1409 (5129) Unable to read sensor plug Diagnostic High

0x1518 (5400) Self-test 6. Replace control unit. Diagnostic High

DOCA0265EN-04 163
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Monitoring the Tripping Circuit

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4007 (16391) Self diagnostic trip. Replace control unit Replace the MicroLogic Active control unit. Contact
Schneider Electric Support.

0x400A (16394) ENCT Disconnected trip Check internal/external wiring of External Neutral Current
Transformer (ENCT).

0x4033 (16435) Current sensor loss. Replace Circuit Breaker Replace the circuit breaker. Contact Schneider Electric
Support.

0x1400 (5120) Self test 1. Replace control unit Replace the MicroLogic Active control unit. Contact
Schneider Electric Support.

0x1404 (5124) Control unit over temperature Decrease ambient temperature near the circuit breaker. If
the problem persists, replace the MicroLogic Active control
unit.
0x1405 (5125) Self test 3. Replace control unit Replace the MicroLogic Active control unit. Contact
Schneider Electric Support.

0x1406 (5126) Self test 4. Replace control unit Replace the MicroLogic Active control unit. Contact
Schneider Electric Support.

0x1416 (5142) Mitop disconnected. Call Schneider Electric Contact Schneider Electric Support.
support

0x1402 (5122) Current sensor loss. Replace circuit breaker. Replace the circuit breaker. Contact Schneider Electric
Support.

0x1403 (5123) ENCT disconnected Check internal/external wiring of External Neutral Current
Transformer (ENCT).

0x1430 (5168) Protection settings reset to factory values Update the MicroLogic Active control unit firmware with
EcoStruxure Power Commission software. Otherwise, plan
to replace the MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1409 (5129) Unable to read sensor plug Check connection of the sensor plug and performer plugs. If
the connection is good but the event recurs, replace the
sensor plug or the MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1518 (5400) Self-test 6. Replace control unit. Replace the MicroLogic Active control unit. Contact
Schneider Electric Support.

Contact Schneider Electric Support or your Schneider Electric Services

representative for more information about who can carry out the recommended
actions.

Resetting a Trip Event

For information about resetting the circuit breaker after a trip due to an incident
detected by the MicroLogic Active self-tests, refer to the relevant document, page
10:
• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control Unit -
User Guide
• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit - User Guide

164 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the MicroLogic Active
Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the

MicroLogic Active Control Unit
Presentation
The MicroLogic Active control unit carries out a series of self tests to monitor:
• Correct internal functioning
• The presence and state of the internal battery
• The presence of the 24 Vdc power supply
• The presence of the internal current power supply sensors
• The temperature inside the control unit
• Wireless communication
• The ULP modules:
◦ EIFE Ethernet interface
◦ IFE Ethernet interface
◦ IFM Ethernet interface

Operating Principle
The Ready LED, Status bar, and trip cause LEDs provide visual information about
the health state of the MicroLogic Active control unit. The detection of an invalid
result in the self tests generates an event (logged in the Diagnostic history) which
can be classified as high, medium, or low severity:
• Low severity event indicates the detection of an invalid result which has no
operational impact. The standard (LSIG) protection functions are unaffected.
• Medium severity event indicates the detection of an invalid result which has a
minor operational impact. The standard (LSIG) protection functions are
unaffected. A check must be performed at next maintenance.
◦ The Ready LED is flashing
◦ The Status bar is lit in orange if the event requires non-urgent maintenance
◦ All trip cause LEDs are off
◦ An orange pop-up screen is displayed
• High severity event indicates the detection of an invalid result which can have
a major operational impact. The standard (LSIG) protection functions can be
affected. The control unit must be replaced without delay.
◦ The Ready LED is off
◦ The Status bar is lit in red if the event requires immediate maintenance
◦ All trip cause LEDs are lit
◦ A red pop-up screen is displayed
When monitoring of the internal functioning of MicroLogic Active control unit
detects an invalid result with medium or high severity, an event is generated with
an orange or red pop-up screen and corresponding event message.

Setting Change Not Applied

The MicroLogic Active control unit monitors progress when protection settings are
changed, and generates the Last protection settings have not been applied
event if the new protection settings are unable to be applied.

DOCA0265EN-04 165
 Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the MicroLogic Active
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Control Unit

Data Availability
Monitoring data is available as follows:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen.
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software for all severities
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app through USB OTG connection for
medium and high severities.
• With the Zigbee wireless communication network for MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control units.
• On a server or remote controller using the wired communication network

Restarting MicroLogic Active Control Unit

If the display screen of the MicroLogic Active control unit no longer displays
menus for protection, alarms, or measures screens, it is recommended to restart
the MicroLogic Active control unit, page 39.

Predefined Events
The function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x4005 (16389) Control unit over temperature trip Trip High

0x1404 (5124) Control unit over temperature Diagnostic High

0x142F (5167) Last protection settings have not been applied. Diagnostic Medium

0x140F (5135) Protection settings not accessible 1 Diagnostic Medium

0x1474 (5236) Protection settings not accessible 2 Diagnostic Medium

0x1473 (5235) Internal access loss. Reboot control unit Diagnostic Medium

0x1436 (5174) Control unit memory degradation Diagnostic Low

0x0D00 (3328) Critical hardware modules discrepancy Diagnostic Medium

0x0D01 (3329) Critical firmware modules discrepancy Diagnostic Medium

0x0D02 (3330) Non-critical hardware modules discrepancy Diagnostic Medium

0x0D03 (3331) Non-critical firmware modules discrepancy Diagnostic Medium

0x0D09 (3337) Firmware discrepancy within control unit. Diagnostic Medium

0x1433 (5171) Replace internal battery Diagnostic Low

0x1437 (5175) Internal battery not detected Diagnostic Low

0x150F (5391) Iron CT loss. Replace circuit breaker. Diagnostic High

0x0D0A (3338) Invalid CU factory config. 1 Diagnostic Medium

0x1122 (4386) Communication lost with EIFE or IFE module Diagnostic Medium

0x1123 (4387) Communication lost with IFM module Diagnostic Medium

166 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the MicroLogic Active
Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x4005 (16389) Control unit over temperature trip Decrease ambient temperature near the circuit
breaker. If the problem persists, replace the
MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1404 (5124) Control unit over temperature Decrease ambient temperature near the circuit
breaker. If the problem persists, replace the
MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x142F (5167) Last protection settings have not been Apply again the protection settings.
applied.

0x140F (5135) Protection settings not accessible 1 Plan to replace the MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1474 (5236) Protection settings not accessible 2 Reboot control unit by simultaneously pressing the 5
i
buttons , OK, Back, Up, Down. If the event recurs,
plan to replace the MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1473 (5235) Internal access loss. Reboot control unit Internal access loss. Reboot control unit by
i
simultaneously pressing the 5 buttons , OK, Back,
Up, Down.

0x1436 (5174) Control unit memory degradation Plan to replace the MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x0D00 (3328) Critical hardware modules discrepancy Check which module is in critical hardware
discrepancy with the EcoStruxure Power Commission
software Firmware menu. Replace the module.

0x0D01 (3329) Critical firmware modules discrepancy Check which module is in critical firmware discrepancy
with the EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
Update the module.

0x0D02 (3330) Non-critical hardware modules discrepancy Check which module is in non-critical hardware
discrepancy with the EcoStruxure Power Commission
software Firmware menu. Plan to replace the module.

0x0D03 (3331) Non-critical firmware modules discrepancy Check which module is in non-critical firmware
discrepancy with the EcoStruxure Power Commission
software. Plan to update the module.

0x0D09 (3337) Firmware discrepancy within control unit. Check the firmware version of the MicroLogic Active
control unit with EcoStruxure Power Commission
software. If not latest, update the firmware of the
MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1433 (5171) Replace internal battery Replace internal battery. Connect a Mobile Power
Pack to the USB-C port during internal battery
replacement, to avoid losing date and time information.

0x1437 (5175) Internal battery not detected Install internal battery.

0x150F (5391) Iron CT loss. Replace circuit breaker. Replace the circuit breaker.

0x0D0A (3338) Invalid CU factory config. 1 Plan to replace the MicroLogic Active control unit.

0x1122 (4386) Communication lost with EIFE or IFE module Check the power supply of the EIFE or IFE module.
Check the ULP cable connection.
0x1123 (4387) Communication lost with IFM module Check the power supply of the IFM module. Check the
ULP cable connection.

Contact Schneider Electric Support or your Schneider Electric Services

representative for more information about who can carry out the recommended
actions.

Internal Battery Replacement

The internal battery of the MicroLogic Active control unit can be replaced on site
when discharged. The replacement can be made with the circuit breaker in the
open or closed position, and the control unit supplied with power. A test of the
internal battery, page 21 must be carried out immediately after the replacement of
the internal battery to check the correct functioning of the new battery.

DOCA0265EN-04 167
 Monitoring the Internal Functioning of the MicroLogic Active
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Control Unit

For information about internal battery replacement and installation, consult the
instruction sheet on the Schneider Electric website: PKR4244002
MicroLogic Active - Spare Battery - Instruction Sheet

168 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Communicating Voltage Releases MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Monitoring the Communicating Voltage Releases

Presentation
The voltage releases undergo wear due to the number of opening/closing
operations. It is recommended to check them at periodic intervals to decide
whether they must be changed or not.
In order to assist with the maintenance of the communicating voltage releases the
MicroLogic Active control unit monitors:
• The diagnostic and communicating MX1 opening voltage release (MX1
diag&com).
• The diagnostic and communicating XF closing voltage release (XF diag&com).
For more information about the maintenance of voltage releases, refer to
DOCA0305•• MasterPacT MTZ IEC Circuit Breakers with
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - Maintenance Guide, page 10.

Prerequisites
The prerequisites for monitoring the MX1 and XF communicating voltage releases
are the same as the prerequisites for using them, page 189.

Operating Principle
The MicroLogic Active control unit:
• Checks the presence of voltage releases.
• Monitors the state of the internal circuit of the voltage releases.
• Generates events when it detects incorrect operation of the voltage releases or
cannot detect the presence of the voltage releases.

Predefined Events
The monitoring of the communication voltage releases generates the following
events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1460 (5216) Invalid self test - MX1 voltage release Diagnostic Medium

0x1461 (5217) MX voltage release not detected Diagnostic Medium

0x1462 (5218) Invalid self test - XF voltage release Diagnostic Medium

0x1463 (5219) XF voltage release not detected Diagnostic Medium

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x1460 Invalid self test - MX1 voltage release Plan to replace the MX1 voltage release.
(5216)

0x1461 MX voltage release not detected Check the connection of the MX voltage release.
(5217)

DOCA0265EN-04 169
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Monitoring the Communicating Voltage Releases

Code Event Recommended actions

0x1462 Invalid self test - XF voltage release Plan to replace the XF voltage release.
(5218)

0x1463 XF voltage release not detected Check the connection of the XF voltage release.
(5219)

Contact Schneider Electric Support or your Schneider Electric Services

representative for more information about who can carry out the recommended
actions.

170 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Contact Wear MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Monitoring the Contact Wear

Presentation
The pole contacts undergo wear due to the number of operating cycles with
current and interrupted current during short circuits. It is recommended to check
them at periodic intervals to decide whether the contacts must be changed or not.
In order to reduce systematic visual inspections of the contacts and the arc chute,
the contact wear estimate helps with the planning of visual inspections based on
the estimated wear (from 0% - new contact - to 100% - totally worn contact).

Operating Principle
The contact wear increases every time the circuit breaker interrupts the circuit with
or without current.
When the MicroLogic Active control unit contact wear algorithm calculates a value
which is above one of the predefined thresholds (60%, 95%, and 100%) an event
is generated with an orange or red pop-up screen and corresponding event
message.

Data Availability
Contact wear monitoring data is available:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree navigation menu, at
Maintenance > Health > Contact wear
• With the Zigbee wireless communication network for MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control units.
• On a server or remote controller using the wired communication network

Predefined Events
The function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1440 Contact wear > 60%. Check contacts. Diagnostic Medium

(5184)

0x1441 Contact wear > 95%. Plan circuit breaker replacement. Diagnostic Medium
(5185)

0x1442 Contact wear > 100%. Replace circuit breaker. Diagnostic High
(5186)

DOCA0265EN-04 171
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Monitoring the Contact Wear

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x1440 Contact wear > 60%. Check Inspect visually the arc chute and main contacts at
(5184) contacts. the next scheduled maintenance.

0x1441 Contact wear > 95%. Plan Plan to replace the circuit breaker.
(5185) circuit breaker replacement.

0x1442 Contact wear > 100%. Replace the circuit breaker.

(5186) Replace circuit breaker.

Contact Schneider Electric Support or your Schneider Electric Services

representative for more information about who can carry out the recommended
actions.

172 DOCA0265EN-04
Monitoring the Load Profile MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Monitoring the Load Profile

Presentation
Seven load profile counters report the number of hours during which the
MicroLogic Active control unit has measured current flowing through the circuit
breaker, in the following In ratio ranges:
• Number of hours with current measured below 15 % of the rated current In
• Number of hours with current measured between 15 and 25% of the rated
current In
• Number of hours with current measured between 26 and 35% of the rated
current In
• Number of hours with current measured between 36 and 50% of the rated
current In
• Number of hours with current measured between 51 and 79% of the rated
current In
• Number of hours with current measured between 80 and 89% of the rated
current In
• Number of hours with current measured at 90% of the rated current In or above

Data Availability
Load profile monitoring data is available with EcoStruxure Power Device app
through NFC connection.

DOCA0265EN-04 173
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Operation Functions
What’s in This Part
Control Modes ............................................................................................. 175
Opening Function......................................................................................... 181
Closing Function .......................................................................................... 184

174 DOCA0265EN-04
Control Modes MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Control Modes
Presentation
The circuit breaker control mode is a MicroLogic Active setting which defines the
source of orders to control circuit breaker operations.
Three control modes are available: Manual, Auto Local and Auto Remote control
mode. The control mode is configured on the MicroLogic Active display screen,
from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Communication.
In Manual control mode operation orders are only accepted from one of the
following:
• The mechanical buttons on the front of the circuit breaker.
• The external pushbutton connected to the MN/MX/XF voltage releases.
In Auto Local control mode the operator needs to be close to the circuit breaker to
establish communication. In addition to the sources accepted in Manual control
mode, operation orders are accepted from the FDM121 display.
In Auto Remote control mode the operator does not need to be next to the circuit
breaker to establish communication, and orders are accepted when sent from a
remote source through the wired communication network.
In addition to the sources accepted in Manual control mode, the following sources
of operation orders are accepted in Auto Remote control mode:
• IFE, EIFE or IFM interfaces
• IFE/EIFE webpages
The control mode factory setting is Manual control mode.

Enabling Operation Orders Through Communication

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
• Do not use MX1 and XF voltage releases of power supply above 250 Vac/
dc, with the BCIM module.
• Do not use MicroLogic Active remote control functions in a safety chain.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

In order to enable operation orders through wired communication:

• The prerequisites for using ULP wired connection must be met, page 189.
• The MicroLogic Active control unit must be in Auto Local control mode or Auto
Remote control mode.
• Control of the MX/XF communicating voltage releases by the BCIM module
must be enabled. This is done on the MicroLogic Active display screen, from
the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > BCIM.

DOCA0265EN-04 175
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Control Modes

Source of Operation Orders According to Control Mode

The following table summarizes the available sources of operation orders,
depending on the control mode:

Control mode Type of order and delivery method

Mechanical Electrical Through wired communication
Pushbutton Point to point FDM121 display Communication IFE/EIFE Webpages
(voltage network
release)
Manual ✔ ✔ – – –
Auto Local ✔ ✔ ✔ – –
Auto Remote ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔

176 DOCA0265EN-04
Control Modes MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Operation in Manual Control Mode

The following example shows available control paths in Manual control mode in a
system consisting of a MicroLogic Active control unit, ULP port module and EIFE
interface.

IFE/EIFE
FDM121 SCADA
~/= webpages

Ethernet
B ULP
EIFE C

R Reset

0 I

A
MN
MX
XF

A MicroLogic Active control unit

B ULP port module
C EIFE embedded Ethernet interface
D Circuit breaker mechanism
Opening and closing operations available in Manual control mode:
• 0: mechanical opening pushbutton
• 1: mechanical closing pushbutton
• External pushbuttons wired by customer, and connected to:
◦ XF: standard, reinforced, or communicating closing voltage release
◦ MX: standard, reinforced, or communicating opening voltage release
◦ MN: standard or reinforced undervoltage release

DOCA0265EN-04 177
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Control Modes

Operation in Auto Local Control Mode

The following example shows available control paths in Auto Local control mode in
a system consisting of a MicroLogic Active control unit, ULP port module and EIFE
interface.

IFE/EIFE
FDM121 SCADA webpages
~/=

Ethernet
B ULP
EIFE
C

R Reset

0 I

A
MN
MX
XF

A MicroLogic Active control unit with BCIM module

B ULP port module
C EIFE embedded Ethernet interface
D Circuit breaker mechanism
Opening and closing operations available in Auto Local control mode:
• 0: mechanical opening pushbutton
• 1: mechanical closing pushbutton
• External pushbuttons wired by customer, and connected to:
◦ XF: communicating closing voltage release
◦ MX: communicating opening voltage release
◦ MN: standard or reinforced undervoltage release
• FDM121 display

178 DOCA0265EN-04
Control Modes MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Operation in Auto Remote Control Mode

The following example shows available control paths in Auto Remote control
mode in a system consisting of a MicroLogic Active control unit, ULP port module
and EIFE interface.

FDM121 IFE/EIFE
~/= SCADA webpages

ETH1 ETH2
Ethernet
ULP
B EIFE C

R Reset

0 I

A
MN
MX
XF

A MicroLogic Active control unit with BCIM module

B ULP port module
C EIFE embedded Ethernet interface
D Circuit breaker mechanism
Opening and closing operations available in Auto Remote control mode:
• 0: mechanical opening pushbutton
• 1: mechanical closing pushbutton
• External pushbuttons wired by customer, and connected to:
◦ XF: communicating closing voltage release
◦ MX: communicating opening voltage release
◦ MN: standard or reinforced undervoltage release
• Wired communication network
• Remote command through IFE/EIFE Webpages

Setting and Displaying the Control Mode

The control mode is set and displayed on the MicroLogic Active display screen
from the tree navigation menu, at Configuration > Communication > Control
Mode, page 76.

DOCA0265EN-04 179
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Control Modes

Predefined Events
Changing the control mode settings generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1002 (4098) Manual mode enabled Operation Low
0x1004 (4100) Local mode enabled Operation Low

180 DOCA0265EN-04
Opening Function MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Opening Function
Presentation
MicroLogic Active control units receive and process electrical opening orders. An
event is generated on opening.

Operating Principle
Opening orders can be sent as follows:
• Directly through a mechanical opening pushbutton.
• Locally through an external opening pushbutton.
• Remotely through a remote order which is managed by the MicroLogic Active
control unit.
Opening orders have priority over closing orders. No closing orders are taken into
account as long as an open order is active.

ETH1 ETH2

ULP
EIFE

R Reset

0 I

MN

MX

The open orders on MN or MX voltage releases by external pushbutton can be

maintained to force the circuit breaker in open position and reject any close order.
The MicroLogic Active open orders are not maintained.

DOCA0265EN-04 181
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Opening Function

Management of Opening Function

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Do not operate the circuit breaker without confirming that doing so will not
create a hazardous situation.
• Do not use MicroLogic Active remote control functions in a safety chain.
• Do not allow any person to work on the electrical network without physically
validating the successful execution of the local or remote software actions
for opening the circuit breaker or switching off the electrical circuit.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The MicroLogic Active control unit manages opening orders issued by the
following means:
• Server or remote controller connected to the communication network through
Modbus protocol. For information about communication through Modbus
protocol, refer to DOCA0384•• MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT Circuit
Breakers - Modbus Communication - User Guide, page 10.
• IFE/EIFE webpages. Refer to the relevant document, page 10:
◦ DOCA0106•• Enerlin'X EIFE - Embedded Ethernet Interface for One
MasterPacT MTZ Drawout Circuit Breaker - User Guide
◦ DOCA0142•• Enerlin'X IFE - Ethernet Interface for One Circuit Breaker -
User Guide
◦ DOCA0084•• Enerlin'X IFE - Ethernet Switchboard Server - User Guide
• FDM121 display connected to the ULP system. Refer to DOCA0088••
Enerlin'X FDM121 - Front Display Module for One Circuit Breaker - User
Guide, page 10.
The control logic for managing opening orders is summarized in the following
graphic and table:

CB closed
Auto Local
MX control by BCIM enabled &
FDM121 open & Open
≥1
Auto Remote
&
COM open
≥1
Webpage open

CB closed Circuit breaker is closed

MX control by BCIM enabled Control of the MX voltage release by the BCIM module is
enabled.
Auto Local Control mode is Auto Local
FDM121 open Open order from FDM121 display

Auto Remote Control mode is Auto Remote

COM open Open order from a server or remote controller

Webpage open Open order from IFE/EIFE webpage

Open MicroLogic Active open order to the MX communicating

opening voltage release

182 DOCA0265EN-04
Opening Function MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Predefined Events
The function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1000 (4096) Circuit breaker opened Operation Low

0x0410 (1040) Opening order sent to MX voltage release Operation Low

DOCA0265EN-04 183
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Closing Function

Closing Function
Presentation
MicroLogic Active control units receive and process electrical closing orders. An
event is generated on closure.

Operating Principle
Closing orders can be sent as follows:
• Directly through a mechanical closing pushbutton.
• Locally through an external closing pushbutton.
• Remotely through a remote order which is managed by the MicroLogic Active
control unit.
Opening orders have priority over closing orders. No closing orders are taken into
account as long as an open order is active.

ETH1 ETH2

ULP
EIFE

R Reset

0 I

XF

184 DOCA0265EN-04
Closing Function MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Management of Closing Function

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Do not operate the circuit breaker without confirming that doing so will not
create a hazardous situation.
• Do not allow any person to work on the electrical network without physically
validating the successful execution of the local or remote software actions
for closing the circuit breaker or switching on the electrical circuit.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
HAZARD OF CLOSING ON ELECTRICAL FAULT
Do not close the circuit breaker again without first inspecting and, if necessary,
repairing the downstream electrical equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

The MicroLogic Active control unit manages closing orders issued by the following
means:
• Server or remote controller connected to the communication network through
Modbus protocol. For information about communication through Modbus
protocol, refer to DOCA0384•• MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT Circuit
Breakers - Modbus Communication - User Guide, page 10.
• IFE/EIFE webpages. Refer to the relevant document, page 10:
◦ DOCA0106•• Enerlin'X EIFE - Embedded Ethernet Interface for One
MasterPacT MTZ Drawout Circuit Breaker - User Guide
◦ DOCA0142•• Enerlin'X IFE - Ethernet Interface for One Circuit Breaker -
User Guide
◦ DOCA0084•• Enerlin'X IFE - Ethernet Switchboard Server - User Guide
• FDM121 display connected to the ULP system. Refer to DOCA0088••
Enerlin'X FDM121 - Front Display Module for One Circuit Breaker - User
Guide, page 10.

DOCA0265EN-04 185
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Closing Function

The control logic for managing closing orders is summarized in the following
graphic and table:

CB opened
Auto Local
XF control by BCIM enabled &
FDM121 close & Close
≥1
Auto Remote
&
COM close
≥1
Webpage close

CB opened Circuit breaker is open

XF control by BCIM enabled Control of the XF voltage release by the BCIM module is
enabled.
Auto Local Control mode is Auto Local
FDM121 close Close order from FDM121 display

Auto Remote Control mode is Auto Remote

COM close Close order from a server or remote controller
Webpage close Close order from IFE/EIFE webpage

Close MicroLogic Active close order to the XF communicating

closing voltage release

Predefined Events
The function generates the following predefined events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1001 (4097) Circuit breaker closed Operation Low

0x0411 (1041) Closing order sent to XF voltage release Operation Low

186 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Communication Functions
What’s in This Part
ULP Wired Communication .......................................................................... 188
NFC Communication .................................................................................... 190
USB On-The-Go (OTG) Connection .............................................................. 192
USB Connection .......................................................................................... 193
Zigbee Wireless Communication ................................................................... 195
Cybersecurity Recommendations .................................................................. 199

DOCA0265EN-04 187
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit ULP Wired Communication

ULP Wired Communication

Description
The ULP wired communication option enables the MicroLogic Active control unit
to share its dataset with an IFM, IFE or EIFE interface, and expose it to any
supervisor with a client Modbus communication channel.
The ULP wired communication option is available for MicroLogic Active control
units equipped with a BCIM module.
The MicroLogic Active control unit can be connected to:
• An RS-485 serial line network with Modbus protocol using the IFM Modbus-SL
interface for one circuit breaker with part number LV434000.
• An Ethernet network with Modbus TCP/IP protocol using:
◦ The IFE Ethernet interface for one circuit breaker.
◦ The IFE Ethernet switchboard server.
◦ The EIFE embedded Ethernet interface for MasterPacT MTZ drawout
circuit breaker.
For more information:
• On the ULP system and its components, refer to DOCA0093•• ULP (Universal
Logic Plug) System - User Guide, page 10.
• On communication through Modbus protocol, refer to DOCA0384••
MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT Circuit Breakers -
Modbus Communication - User Guide, page 10.
• On the BCIM module, refer to DOCA0387•• Breaker Communication and
Isolation Module (BCIM) for MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide, page
10.

Available Data

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Do not only rely on the circuit breaker status provided by ULP wired
communication before working on or inside the equipment.
• Do not only rely on the ERMS status provided by ULP wired communication.
Use the blue ERMS LED to check ERMS status before working on or inside
the equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following MicroLogic Active control unit data is available through ULP wired
communication:
• Device identification information for the MicroLogic Active control unit
• Electrical network settings
• Circuit breaker status
• Circuit breaker trip cause
• Circuit breaker ERMS status
• Circuit breaker alarm status
• Circuit breaker health state
• Metering information

188 DOCA0265EN-04
ULP Wired Communication MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Prerequisites for Using ULP Wired Communication

The prerequisites to using ULP wired communication are:
• The MicroLogic Active control unit hardware version must be greater than or
equal to 002.000.000. Earlier hardware versions are not compatible and the
MicroLogic Active control unit must be replaced, page 219.
• The MicroLogic Active control unit firmware version must be greater than or
equal to 004.000.000. Earlier firmware versions are not compatible.
• The BCIM module must be installed on the back of the MicroLogic Active
control unit.
• The presence of the BCIM module must be configured, page 75. This
configuration is done automatically when the BCIM module is embedded in a
new circuit breaker. If the MicroLogic Active control unit is replaced, a manual
configuration must be done on the MicroLogic Active HMI.
• The MicroLogic Active control unit must be supplied by a non-SELV 24 Vdc
power supply.
• The BCIM module must be supplied by an SELV 24 Vdc power supply.
For more information:
• About firmware update, refer to Firmware Update, page 37.
• About power supply, refer to Power Supply, page 34.
• About BCIM configuration, refer to BCIM configuration, page 75.

Predefined Events
The function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1800 (6144) Communication lost with BCIM Diagnostic Medium

0x1801 (6145) BCIM update unsuccessful Operation Low

0x1802 (6146) BCIM in Critical Status Diagnostic Medium

0x1803 (6147) BCIM in non-Critical Status Diagnostic Medium

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x1800 (6144) Communication lost with Check the power supply of the BCIM module.
BCIM Check the ULP cable connection.
0x1801 (6145) BCIM update Restart the firmware update procedure. If the
unsuccessful message is displayed again, plan to replace the
BCIM module.
0x1802 (6146) BCIM in Critical Status Replace the BCIM module.

0x1803 (6147) BCIM in non-Critical Disconnect and connect again the BCIM
Status 24 Vdc power supply.

DOCA0265EN-04 189
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit NFC Communication

NFC Communication
Description
Using Near Field Communication (NFC), you
can access the MicroLogic Active control unit
MicroLogic
from a smartphone running EcoStruxure
Power Device app, page 29, and download
data to your smartphone, even when the
control unit is not powered. Accessible data is
A read-only. It is not possible to write data into
the MicroLogic Active control unit from a
smartphone.
NFC communication is always enabled and
cannot be disabled.
You can establish an NFC connection with
only one MicroLogic Active control unit at the
same time and only one smartphone at a time
can connect to a control unit.
MicroLogic Active control units use a passive
NFC tag, which does not have a power
source. It draws power from the smartphone
that reads it, and therefore does not emit any
Act 6.0 E
ID:
00000N0000000000LV947603
electromagnetic waves when NFC
communication is not in use.
NOTE: NFC communication is not
available with MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei
In 1600 A control unit.

A. NFC wireless
communication zone

Prerequisites for Using NFC

The prerequisites for establishing an NFC connection are:
• You must have a smartphone running the EcoStruxure Power Device app.
• The smartphone must support NFC.
• For Android, the smartphone must support version 7 or above.
• For iOS, iPhone 7 with iOS 13 is the minimum requirement.
• You must have physical access to the MicroLogic Active control unit. The
smartphone must be held within 20 mm (0.8 in) of the display screen of the
control unit.

Establishing an NFC Connection

Follow the steps below to establish an NFC connection from your smartphone to
the MicroLogic Active control unit.

Step Action

1 Start EcoStruxure Power Device app on your smartphone.

2 Select Connect to device through NFC.

190 DOCA0265EN-04
NFC Communication MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action

3 Place your smartphone against the MicroLogic Active display screen at a maximum
distance of 20 mm (0.8 in), in the wireless NFC communication zone.
NOTE: The NFC antenna of the control unit is located around the
MicroLogic Active display screen. The position of the NFC antenna on the
smartphone depends on the model used. If communication is not established,
check where the NFC antenna is located on your smartphone and repeat the
procedure.
The first beep indicates that the communication is established. The EcoStruxure Power
Device app then starts downloading data. The second beep indicates that the data
download is complete.

If the operation fails, a message is displayed on the smartphone. Start the procedure
again.
NOTE: You must not remove your smartphone from the MicroLogic Active display
screen while the data download is in progress. If you do, the download is
incomplete (you lose the NFC connection).

4 Remove your smartphone from the MicroLogic Active display screen.

NFC data downloaded from the MicroLogic Active control unit is not automatically
refreshed. To get updates, you must establish a new NFC connection. Be aware
that each new set of data downloaded overwrites the previous data. You can use
the EcoStruxure Power Device app to consult downloaded data.

Troubleshooting NFC Communication Issues

The following table lists common problems when establishing an NFC connection
to the MicroLogic Active control unit.

Problem description Probable causes Solutions

The NFC connection is not The smartphone is out of the Move your smartphone so that
established. (No beep) NFC wireless communication its antenna is in the NFC
zone. wireless communication zone
and repeat the connection
procedure.

Your smartphone has a Remove the case of your

reinforced case (for example, smartphone and repeat the
metallic) which is blocking the connection procedure.
signal.

Your smartphone does not –

have NFC capability.

NFC communication is not Make sure NFC

activated on your smartphone. communication is activated on
your smartphone.

The NFC connection was The smartphone was moved Move your smartphone into the
established but the signal is out of NFC wireless NFC wireless communication
lost. (No second beep) communication zone before zone and repeat the
the data transmission finished. connection procedure. Keep
The data is not transmitted. the smartphone in the zone
The message Memory fail. until you hear the second beep.
Please try again. is displayed
on the smartphone.

Information not available, or The internal battery charge is Replace the internal battery for
limited. too low to record the information to be recorded in
information. future.

DOCA0265EN-04 191
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit USB On-The-Go (OTG) Connection

USB On-The-Go (OTG) Connection

Description
Using a USB OTG connection, you can access the MicroLogic Active control unit
from an Android smartphone running the EcoStruxure Power Device app, page
29. This application offers a task-oriented interface with the control unit.
NOTE: USB OTG is only accessible from an Android smartphone.

Prerequisites for Using a USB OTG Connection

The prerequisites for establishing a USB OTG connection are:
• You must have an Android smartphone running the EcoStruxure Power Device
app.
• The smartphone must support Android 4.4 or above.
• You must have physical access to the MicroLogic Active control unit to connect
the cable directly to the USB-C port of the control unit.
• You must have a USB OTG adaptor (not supplied) and a USB-A to USB-C
cable (RS PRO, reference 251-3298) to connect the USB port of the
smartphone to the USB-C port of the MicroLogic Active control unit.
NOTE: If you do not have a USB OTG adaptor, you can use a USB-C to
USB-C cable (RS PRO, reference 236-8998) to connect the USB port of the
smartphone to the USB-C port of the MicroLogic Active control unit. In this
case, the MicroLogic Active control unit is not supplied by the smartphone.

Connecting a Smartphone with EcoStruxure Power Device

App to USB-C Port
Follow the steps below to connect to the MicroLogic Active control unit using the
USB-C port.

Step Action

1 Connect your smartphone to the USB-C port of the MicroLogic Active control unit using a
USB OTG adaptor and USB-A to USB-C cable.

The smartphone provides power to the MicroLogic Active control unit if necessary.

2 Start EcoStruxure Power Device app on your smartphone.

Predefined Events
The function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1301 (4865) Connection on USB port Operation Low

192 DOCA0265EN-04
USB Connection MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

USB Connection
Description
From a PC running EcoStruxure Power Commission software, you can access all
of the monitoring and control functions of the MicroLogic Active control unit by
connecting a PC directly to the USB-C port of the control unit.

Prerequisites for Using a USB Connection

The prerequisites for establishing a USB connection are:
• You must have the USB driver installed on the PC.
• You must have physical access to the MicroLogic Active control unit to connect
the cable directly to the USB-C port of the control unit.
• You must have a USB-A to USB-C cable (RS PRO, reference 251-3298) to
connect the USB port of the PC to the USB-C port of the MicroLogic Active
control unit.

Connecting a PC Running EcoStruxure Power

Commission Software to USB-C Port
Follow the steps below to connect to the MicroLogic Active control unit using the
mini USB port.

Step Action

1 Connect your PC to the USB-C port of the MicroLogic Active control unit using a USB-A to
USB-C cable.

The PC provides power to the MicroLogic Active control unit if necessary.

2 Start EcoStruxure Power Commission software on the PC and log in.

3 On the EcoStruxure Power Commission home page, connect to the MicroLogic Active
control unit. There are different ways to connect EcoStruxure Power Commission software
to the MicroLogic Active control unit, depending on whether it is the first connection and
how the device was discovered. For more information, refer to EcoStruxure Power
Commission Online Help.

4 With EcoStruxure Power Commission software connected to the MicroLogic Active control
unit you have access to all functions of the software.

Control Unit Test Mode

The test mode is available when EcoStruxure Power Commission software is
connected to the device through a PC connected to the USB-C port on the
MicroLogic Active control unit. For more information, refer to EcoStruxure Power
Commission Online Help.

DOCA0265EN-04 193
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit USB Connection

Predefined Events
The function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1301 (4865) Connection on USB port Operation Low

0x1302 (4866) Control Unit in test mode Diagnostic Low

0x1303 (4867) Injection test in progress Diagnostic Low

0x1304 (4868) Test aborted by user Diagnostic Low

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x1301 (4865) Connection on USB port Do not unplug USB port before closing
EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
0x1302 (4866) Control Unit in test mode Exit the test mode after test.

0x1303 (4867) Injection test in progress Wait until the test is completed.

194 DOCA0265EN-04
Zigbee Wireless Communication MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Zigbee Wireless Communication

Description
Zigbee is a low-power, wireless communication protocol, based on the IEEE
802.15.4 standard.
Zigbee wireless communication is available on MicroLogic Active AP/EP control
units only.
MicroLogic Active AP/EP control units are certified for Zigbee 3.0.
Using Zigbee wireless communication, you can access the
MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit from a Panel Server Advanced (PAS800),
Panel Server Universal (PAS600) or Panel Server Entry (PAS400).
Data transferred over Zigbee wireless technology is encrypted using the AES 128-
bit encryption algorithm.
The following illustration shows an example of a Zigbee wireless communication
architecture including MicroLogic Active control units and Panel Server.
A B C D

24 Vdc
E 24 Vdc

F
G

Ethernet

Zigbee wireless communication

A Panel Server webpages
B EcoStruxure Power Monitoring Expert (PME) software
C EcoStruxure Power Operation (PO) software
D POI Plus industrial workstation with energy management software
E Panel Server
F MasterPacT MTZ1 circuit breaker with MicroLogic Active control unit
G MasterPacT MTZ2 circuit breaker with MicroLogic Active control unit

DOCA0265EN-04 195
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Zigbee Wireless Communication

Available Data

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Do not only rely on the circuit breaker status provided by Zigbee wireless
communication before working on or inside the equipment.
• Do not only rely on the ERMS status provided by Zigbee wireless
communication. Use the blue ERMS LED to check ERMS status before
working on or inside the equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit data is available through
Zigbee wireless communication:
• Device identification information for the MicroLogic Active control unit
• Electrical network settings
• Circuit breaker status
• Circuit breaker trip cause
• Circuit breaker ERMS status
• Circuit breaker alarm status
• Circuit breaker health state
• Metering information
• Zigbee connectivity quality

Prerequisites for Using Zigbee Wireless Communication

The prerequisites to establishing a Zigbee wireless communication are:
• The Panel Server must be turned on.
• The MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit and Panel Server must be in close
proximity.
• The Zigbee ID is mandatory to establish a Zigbee wireless communication if
selective discovery is being used. Obtain the Zigbee ID by either of the
following methods:
◦ Scan the QR code on the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit to go to the
Go2SE landing page, which displays the Zigbee ID and installation code,
page 31.
◦ Read the Zigbee ID on the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree
navigation menu, at Configuration > Communication > Zigbee >
Identification
NOTE: It is recommended that the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit is
powered by an external 24 Vdc power supply, to avoid communication loss if
the load falls below 20% of the rated current In.

Discovering the MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Discovery of the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit is done with EcoStruxure
Power Commission software on the Panel Server. See the Commissioning
chapter of the MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breaker with MicroLogic Active Control
Unit User Guides, page 10.

196 DOCA0265EN-04
Zigbee Wireless Communication MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Removing the MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Remove the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit from Panel Server webpages.
Refer to DOCA0172•• EcoStruxure Panel Server - User Guide, page 10.

Troubleshooting Zigbee Wireless Communication Issues

Problem description Probable cause Solution

Unable to discover the MicroLogic Active AP/EP Remove the

MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit may already be MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control unit. connected to another Panel control unit from the network.
Server.
Panel Server has not begun Verify discovery and the
discovery process. allowlist on the Panel Server.

MicroLogic Active AP/EP Panel Server is using selective Check that the RF-id in the
control unit is not connected. discovery, and the selective list of the Panel
MicroLogic Active AP/EP Server is the same as the
control unit is not on the Zigbee ID read from the
selective list. Go2SE landing page of the
MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control unit
The MicroLogic Active AP/EP Reset the Panel Server to
control unit is already factory settings and rescan.
connected to the Panel Server,
which causes the key to be
changed.

MicroLogic Active AP/EP Malfunction in Restart the

control unit is connected, but MicroLogic Active AP/EP MicroLogic Active AP/EP
the Zigbee signal is lost. control unit. control unit, page 39.

The Zigbee signal is too low Try to reduce the distance

due to the distance from the between the
Panel Server. MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control unit and the Panel
Server.
Information is not available, or Too many devices connected Use the Panel Server to
limited. to the same channel. change channel for some
devices.
Unable to remove the The Panel Server may be Send a leave request from the
MicroLogic Active AP/EP scanning the Panel Server.
control unit MicroLogic Active AP/EP
control unit.
The MicroLogic Active AP/EP Send a leave request from the
control unit may have Panel Server.
reconnected after being
removed.

Predefined Events
The function generates the following events:

Code Event History Severity

0x1421 (5153) Invalid PowerTag communication Diagnostic Medium

0x1423 (5155) Loss of Zigbee communication with Diagnostic Low

Gateway

DOCA0265EN-04 197
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Zigbee Wireless Communication

Recommended Actions
Code Event Recommended actions
0x1421 (5153) Invalid PowerTag Reboot control unit by simultaneously
communication i
pressing the 5 buttons , OK, Back,
Up, Down. If this does not work,
contact Schneider Electric Support.

0x1423 (5155) Loss of Zigbee communication Check the communication through the
with Gateway gateway, and by inspecting your
switchboard.

198 DOCA0265EN-04
Cybersecurity Recommendations MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Cybersecurity Recommendations
Overview
The MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker with its MicroLogic Active control unit is a
key component of your installation. It offers multiple communication features that
bring greater efficiency and flexibility in managing your installation. However the
features also make it potentially vulnerable to cyber attacks.
This section lists some of the elementary precautions that you must take to protect
the communications paths that give access to information about your installation,
and control over it.
The communication paths to protect include:
• Local access communication paths
◦ FDM121 display
◦ Wireless NFC communication
◦ The USB-C port
◦ MicroLogic Active HMI
◦ Zigbee wireless communication paths for MicroLogic Active AP/EP control
units
• Remote access communication paths
◦ The Ethernet network when the IFE or EIFE interface is present
◦ The Modbus-SL network when the IFM interface is present
For more detailed information about cybersecurity for the MasterPacT MTZ circuit
breakers, refer to DOCA0122•• MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT -
Cybersecurity Guide, page 10.

General Cybersecurity Recommendations

WARNING
POTENTIAL COMPROMISE OF SYSTEM AVAILABILITY, INTEGRITY, AND
CONFIDENTIALITY
• Change default passwords and PIN codes at first use to help prevent
unauthorized access to device settings, controls, and information.
• Disable unused ports/services and default accounts to help minimize
pathways for malicious attackers.
• Place networked devices behind multiple layers of cyber defenses (such as
firewalls, network segmentation, and network intrusion detection and
protection).
• Use cybersecurity best practices (for example, least privilege, separation of
duties) to help prevent unauthorized exposure, loss, modification of data and
logs, or interruption of services.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

For a general introduction to cybersecurity threats and how to address them, refer
to How Can I Reduce Vulnerability to Cyber Attacks?.

DOCA0265EN-04 199
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Cybersecurity Recommendations

Cybersecurity Recommendations for Local Access

Communication Paths
To help protect local access communication paths, it is recommended to:
• Keep locked the enclosure where the MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker is
located so that no unauthorized person can access the MicroLogic Active
control unit.

Specific Cybersecurity Recommendations for Wireless

NFC Communication
To protect access to data accessible through NFC, it is recommended to make
sure that the smartphones running the EcoStruxure Power Device app are
password-protected and for professional use only.

Specific Cybersecurity Recommendations for USB

Connection
To protect access to functions accessible through a USB connection on the
MicroLogic Active control unit, it is recommended that:
• The PCs running the monitoring software are hardened following the
guidelines provided in DOCA0122•• MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT -
Cybersecurity Guide, page 10.
• The most up-to-date hardening methods for the operating system are running
on your PCs.

Specific Cybersecurity Recommendations for USB OTG

Connection
To protect access to functions accessible through a USB OTG connection on the
MicroLogic Active control unit, it is recommended that:
• The smartphones running the EcoStruxure Power Device app are hardened
following the guidelines provided in DOCA0122•• MasterPacT, ComPacT,
PowerPacT - Cybersecurity Guide, page 10.
• The most up-to-date hardening methods for the operating system are running
on your smartphones.

200 DOCA0265EN-04
Cybersecurity Recommendations MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Specific Cybersecurity Recommendations for Zigbee

Wireless Communication
Zigbee wireless communication is vulnerable to disruption by unauthorized radio
emissions in the operating environment. To protect access to functions accessible
through Zigbee wireless communication, it is recommended that:
• The MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit is not connected to malicious
networks.
• The Zigbee network is checked regularly to ensure that all devices are valid.
• All devices on the Zigbee network are rediscovered if any device is invalid.
• The commissioning of Zigbee wireless devices is done in a place secure from
rogue radio transmitters, such as an administrator room.

Cybersecurity Recommendations for Remote Access

Communication Paths Through a Communication Network
When the MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker is connected to a communication
network through the IFE, EIFE or IFM interface, it is recommended to:
• Follow general security rules to protect your network.
• Only activate Auto Remote control mode when required.
• Make sure that the PCs running the monitoring software are hardened
following the guidelines provided in DOCA0122•• MasterPacT, ComPacT,
PowerPacT - Cybersecurity Guide, page 10, and with the most up-to-date
hardening methods for the operating system running on your PCs.

DOCA0265EN-04 201
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Event Management
What’s in This Part
Event Definition............................................................................................ 203
Event Type .................................................................................................. 205
Event Notifications ....................................................................................... 210
Event Display............................................................................................... 211
Event History ............................................................................................... 212
Event List .................................................................................................... 214

202 DOCA0265EN-04
Event Definition MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Event Definition
Definition
An event is a change in state of digital data, or any incident detected by the
MicroLogic Active control unit or EIFE Ethernet interface.
Events are time stamped and logged in the event history of each module.
Events are categorized according to a level of severity:
• High: urgent corrective action is required.
• Medium: corrective action needs to be scheduled.
• Low: for information only.
All high and medium severity events generate an alarm and a pop-up notification
screen, page 210 on the MicroLogic Active control unit display screen.
Low severity events are information-type events. They can be consulted with
EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
Alarms and trips are events that require specific attention from the user:
• A trip is a high severity event generated when the circuit breaker trips.
• An alarm is an event with medium or high severity.
The information in this part is valid for events detected by the MicroLogic Active
control unit.
For information about EIFE events, refer to DOCA0106•• Enerlin'X EIFE -
Embedded Ethernet Interface for One MasterPacT MTZ Drawout Circuit Breaker -
User Guide, page 10.

Management of Events by MicroLogic Active Control Unit

The following diagram gives an overview of how events are managed by the
MicroLogic Active control unit.
Change in digital Micrologic Active Logs and alarms
Interfaces for consulting event histories
state occurs event manager

Events are logged Micrologic Active control unit display Internal

in a history:
Protection Micrologic Active
functions detects changes • Trip
in state and logs • Protection EcoStruxure Power Commission software
them as events • Diagnostic External
in a history. EcoStruxure Power Device App
• Operation

Diagnostic

Interfaces for consulting event status table

Some events Micrologic Active control unit display Internal

generate alarms Event status table

Operation EcoStruxure Power Commission software

EcoStruxure Power Device App External

EcoStruxure Panel Server

Configuration Some events
generate
notifications

Communication via Micrologic Active control unit display as Internal

pop-up messages

DOCA0265EN-04 203
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event Definition

Event Time Stamping

Each event is time stamped with the date and time of the MicroLogic Active
internal clock, page 33.

204 DOCA0265EN-04
Event Type MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Event Type
Overview
Events can be the following types:
• Occurrence/completion (Entry/Exit): Events which have a defined beginning
and end, representing the beginning or end of a system state. The occurrence
and completion are both time-stamped and logged in a history. For example,
Manual mode enabled is an occurrence/completion event.
• Instantaneous (Pulse): Events with no duration. Only the occurrence of the
event is time-stamped and logged in a history. For example, the reception of
an opening order, a change to settings, or a circuit breaker trip are
instantaneous events.
The event type cannot be customized.

Event Status Definition

The status of an event is active, inactive, or held. It depends on the event type and
latch mode. The status of all events can be consulted at any time, page 211.

Latch Mode
An event can be unlatched or latched:
• Unlatched: The event status is active while the cause of the event is present.
It automatically returns to inactive when the cause of the event disappears or is
resolved.
• Latched: The event status does not automatically return to inactive when the
cause of the event disappears or is resolved. It stays in the held state until it is
reset by the user.
The latch mode of certain events, page 214 can be customized through
EcoStruxure Power Commission software.

DOCA0265EN-04 205
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event Type

Unlatched Occurrence/Completion Events

The following graph shows the event status for an unlatched occurrence/
completion event:

A Event inactive
B Event active
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity
2 Event completion: event is time stamped and logged in a history

Latched Occurrence/Completion Events

The following graph shows the event status for a latched occurrence/completion
event:

A Event inactive
B Event active
C Event held
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity
2 Event completion: event is time stamped and logged in a history
3 Event reset: reset command is time stamped and logged in operation history. All
held events are reset.

206 DOCA0265EN-04
Event Type MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

The following graph shows the event status for a latched event where a reset is
attempted before completion of the event:

A Event inactive
B Event active
C Event held
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity
2 Event reset: reset command is time-stamped and logged in the operation history
but has no effect on MicroLogic Active event 1 as external event is not completed
3 Event completion: event is time stamped and logged in a history
4 Event reset: reset command is time stamped and logged in the operation history.
All held events are reset.
The following graph shows the event status for a latched, recurring occurrence/
completion event:

A Event inactive
B Event active
C Event held
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity
2 Event completion: event is time stamped and logged in a history
3 Event reset: reset command is time stamped and logged in the operation history.
All held events are reset.

DOCA0265EN-04 207
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event Type

Unlatched Instantaneous Events

The following graph shows the event status for an unlatched instantaneous event:

A Event inactive
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity

Latched Instantaneous Events

The following graph shows the event status for a latched instantaneous event:

A Event inactive
C Event held
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity
2 Event reset: reset command is time stamped and logged in the operation history.
All held events are reset.

208 DOCA0265EN-04
Event Type MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

The following graph shows the event status for a latched, recurring instantaneous
event:

A Event inactive
C Event held
1 Event occurrence: event is time stamped, logged in a history and notified,
depending on severity
2 Event reset: reset command is time stamped and logged in the operation history.
All held events are reset.

Resetting Latched Trip Events

i
Latched trip events can be reset by pressing the button on the front of the
i
MicroLogic Active control unit for 3–15 seconds, and then releasing the button.
Reset commands do not target specific trip events. All held trip event states
managed by the MicroLogic Active control unit are reset, and all trip cause LEDs
are cleared.
The reset command generates the following event:

Code Event History Severity

0x1307 (4871) Alarm reset Operation Low

DOCA0265EN-04 209
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event Notifications

Event Notifications
Presentation
High severity events (including trips) and medium severity events are notified by a
pop-up screen on the MicroLogic Active control unit.
Trip events are notified by SDE1 standard fault-trip indication contact and SDE2
optional fault-trip indication contact.
In addition, for MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit, the last event can be
configured to be notified by email from the Panel Server. The notification by email
is not configured by default. For more information, refer to DOCA0172••
EcoStruxure Panel Server - User Guide, page 10.

Pop-up Screen
All high and medium severity events generate a pop-up screen on the
MicroLogic Active display screen, page 79:
• A red pop-up screen indicates a trip or high severity event, needing immediate
attention.
• An orange pop-up screen indicates a medium severity event, recommending
action.

210 DOCA0265EN-04
Event Display MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Event Display
Introduction
The event status table contains the status of all events at the time of consultation.
The status can be inactive, active, or held.
Events which are in the active and held state are displayed on the following
interfaces:
• MicroLogic Active display screen.
• EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
• EcoStruxure Power Device app.
The status of an event can be checked using the wired or Zigbee communication
network.

Displaying Events on the MicroLogic Active Display

Screen
Display the active and held alarm events on the MicroLogic Active display screen
from the tree navigation menu, at Alarms/History > Active Alarms.
High and medium severity active and held events are displayed.
If the event is completed, it is moved to Alarms/History > Alarms History.

Displaying Events on EcoStruxure Power Commission

Software
High and medium severity, active and held events are displayed.
Events can be sorted by:
• Date
• Severity:
◦ High severity events
◦ Medium severity events
• History
• Type

Displaying Events on EcoStruxure Power Device App

By default, events are sorted chronologically. They can be sorted by other
parameters such as date, severity, type or history.

DOCA0265EN-04 211
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event History

Event History
Overview
All events are logged in one of the histories of the MicroLogic Active control unit:
• Trip
• Protection
• Diagnostic
• Operation
Events of all severity are logged, including low-severity events.
Event histories are encrypted by using the AES-256 encryption algorithm.
Events logged in histories are displayed as follows:
• On the MicroLogic Active display screen
• With EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• With EcoStruxure Power Device app
The trip history can be downloaded by using the wired communication network.
The following information is logged in a history for each event:
• Event ID: event code
• Time stamp: date and time of occurrence and completion
The trip history on the MicroLogic Active display screen additionally includes
context data (protection settings, interrupted currents).
NOTE: The MicroLogic Active HMI displays the date and time of occurrence of
events. The date and time of completion of events can be consulted by
extracting MicroLogic Active control unit histories:
• Through EcoStruxure Power Commission software.
• Through EcoStruxure Power Device app.

Maximum Number of Events in Each History

Each history has a predefined maximum size. When a history is full, each new
event overwrites the oldest event in the relevant history.

Event history Maximum number of events stored in

history

Trip 30

Protection 50
Diagnostic 200

Operation 160

Displaying Event History on MicroLogic Active Display

Screen
For more information about how events are displayed on MicroLogic Active
display screen, refer to Alarms/History menu, page 71.

212 DOCA0265EN-04
Event History MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Displaying Event History on EcoStruxure Power

Commission Software
All events logged in histories can be consulted using EcoStruxure Power
Commission software. The events can be exported as an Excel file.
Events in histories are displayed in chronological order, starting with the most
recent event.

Displaying Event History on EcoStruxure Power Device

App
All events logged in histories are displayed on the EcoStruxure Power Device app.
Events in histories are displayed in chronological order, starting with the most
recent event.
Events can be sorted by date and time, or by sequence number, and filtered by
using the following criteria:
• Type
• Severity
• History
Clicking on a specific event in the list displays a list of all occurrences of the same
event, in chronological order.

DOCA0265EN-04 213
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event List

Event List
Event Characteristics
The events are listed according to the history in which they are logged, page 212.
Each event is defined by the following characteristics:
• Code: event code
• Event: user message
• History, page 212
• Type, page 205: not customizable
◦ Entry/Exit: occurrence/completion event.
◦ Pulse: instantaneous event.
• Latched, page 205:
◦ Yes: the event is latched and the user must reset the event status.
◦ No: the event is unlatched.
• Activity, page 205:
◦ Enabled
◦ Disabled
• Severity, page 203:
◦ High severity events.
◦ Medium severity events.
◦ Low severity events.

Trip Events
Code Event History Type Latched Activity Severity

0x4000 Long Time (Ir) trip , page 89 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16384)

0x4001 Short Time (Isd) trip, page 94 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16385)

0x4002 Instantaneous (Ii) trip, page 97 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16386)

0x4003 Ground Fault (Ig) trip , page 102 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16387)

0x4005 Control unit over temperature trip, page 165 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16389)

0x4006 Ultimate self-protection (SELLIM) trip, page Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High
85
(16390)

0x4007 Self diagnostic trip. Replace control unit, Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High
page 162
(16391)

0x400A ENCT Disconnected trip, page 162 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16394)

0x401D Ultimate self-protection (DIN/DINF) trip, Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High
page 85
(16413)

214 DOCA0265EN-04
Event List MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Code Event History Type Latched Activity Severity

0x401E Ig test trip, page 102 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16414)

0x4033 Current sensor loss. Replace Circuit Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High
Breaker, page 162
(16435)

0x4035 Ii test trip, page 97 Trip Pulse Yes Enabled High

(16437)

Protection Events
Code Event History Type Latch Activity Severity

0x0F11 Thermal memory reset order, page 89 Protection Pulse No Enabled Low

(3857)

0x03F5 Ir pre-alarm (I > 90% Ir), page 89 Protection Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

(1013)

0x6200 Ir start (I > 105% Ir), page 89 Protection Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(25088)

0x6201 Isd start , page 94 Protection Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(25089)

0x6203 Ig start, page 102 Protection Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

25091
0x0C03 ERMS engaged, page 114 Protection Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(3075)

0x0C08 Ii protection disabled, page 97 Protection Pulse No Enabled Low

(3080)

0x0C09 Ig protection disabled, page 102 Protection Pulse No Enabled Low

(3081)

0x1100 Protection changed by HMI, page 87 Protection Pulse No Enabled Low

(4352)

0x1108 Protection changed by communication, Protection Pulse No Enabled Low

page 87
(4360)

Diagnostic Events
Code Event History Type Latch Activity Severity

0x1122 Communication lost with EIFE or IFE Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
module, page 165
(4386)

0x1123 Communication lost with IFM module, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
165
(4387)

0x1302 Control Unit in test mode, page 193 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(4866)

DOCA0265EN-04 215
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event List

Code Event History Type Latch Activity Severity

0x1303 Injection test in progress, page 193 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(4867)

0x1304 Test aborted by user, page 193 Diagnostic Pulse No Enabled Low

(4868)

0x1400 Self test 1. Replace control unit, page 162 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5120)

0x1404 Control unit over temperature, page 165 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5124)

0x1405 Self test 3. Replace control unit, page 162 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5125)

0x1406 Self test 4. Replace control unit, page 162 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5126)

0x1416 Mitop disconnected. Call Schneider Electric Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High
support, page 162
(5142)

0x1460 Invalid self test - MX1 voltage release, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Disabled Medium
169
(5216)

0x1461 MX voltage release not detected, page 169 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Disabled Medium

(5217)

0x1462 Invalid self test - XF voltage release, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Disabled Medium
169
(5218)

0x1463 XF voltage release not detected, page 169 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Disabled Medium

(5219)

0x1518 Self-test 6. Replace control unit, page 162 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5400)

0x1402 Current sensor loss. Replace circuit Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High
breaker, page 162
(5122)

0x1403 ENCT disconnected, page 162 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5123)

0x1430 Protection settings reset to factory values, Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High
page 162
(5168)

0x142F Last protection settings have not been Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
applied, page 165
(5167)

0x140F Protection settings not accessible 1, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
165
(5135)

0x1474 Protection settings not accessible 2, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
165
(5236)

0x1473 Internal access loss. Reboot control unit, Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
page 165
(5235)

0x1433 Replace internal battery, page 165 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(5171)

0x1437 Internal battery not detected, page 165 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(5175)

216 DOCA0265EN-04
Event List MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Code Event History Type Latch Activity Severity

0x1436 Control unit memory degradation, page 165 Diagnostic Pulse No Enabled Low

(5174)

0x1409 Unable to read sensor plug, page 162 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High

(5129)

0x0D00 Critical hardware modules discrepancy, Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

page 165
(3328)

0x0D01 Critical firmware modules discrepancy, Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

page 165
(3329)

0x0D02 Non-critical hardware modules Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

discrepancy, page 165
(3330)

0x0D03 Non-critical firmware modules discrepancy, Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

page 165
(3331)

0x0D09 Firmware discrepancy within control unit, Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
page 37
(3337)

0x0D0A Invalid CU factory config. 1, page 165 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(3338)

0x1413 Ig test - no trip, page 102 Diagnostic Pulse No Enabled High

(5139)

0x142A Ig test launched, page 102 Diagnostic Pulse No Enabled Low

(5162)

0x151B Ii test - no trip, page 97 Diagnostic Pulse No Enabled High

(5403)

0x151C Ii test button pressed, page 97 Diagnostic Pulse No Enabled Low

(5404)

0x1482 Sched. Manufact. maintenance within 3 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

months, page 158
(5250)

0x1440 Contact wear > 60%. Check contacts, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
171
(5184)

0x1441 Contact wear > 95%. Plan circuit breaker Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium
replacement, page 171
(5185)

0x1442 Contact wear > 100%. Replace circuit Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High
breaker, page 171
(5186)

0x150F Iron CT loss. Replace circuit breaker, page Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled High
165
(5391)

0x1517 Current unbalance > 50%. Check load Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low
balancing, page 140
(5399)

0x1421 Invalid PowerTag communication, page 195 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

(5153)

0x1423 Loss of Zigbee communication with Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

Gateway, page 195
(5155)

0x1800 Communication lost with BCIM, page 188 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

(6144)

DOCA0265EN-04 217
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Event List

Code Event History Type Latch Activity Severity

0x1802 BCIM in Critical Status, page 188 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

(6146)

0x1803 BCIM in non-Critical Status, page 188 Diagnostic Entry/Exit No Enabled Medium

(6147)

Operation Events
Code Event History Type Latch Activity Severity

0x0410 Opening order sent to MX voltage release, Operation Pulse No Enabled Low
page 181
(1040)

0x0411 Closing order sent to XF voltage release, Operation Pulse No Enabled Low
page 184
(1041)

0x1000 Circuit breaker opened, page 181 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(4096)

0x1001 Circuit breaker closed, page 184 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(4097)

0x1002 Manual mode enabled, page 175 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(4098)

0x1004 Local mode enabled, page 175 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(4100)

0x1307 Alarm reset, page 209 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(4871)

0x112B Control unit firmware update mode, page 37 Operation Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(4395)

0x112C Control unit firmware update unsuccessful, Operation Pulse No Enabled Low
page 37
(4396)

0x1107 Date and time set, page 33 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(4359)

0x1301 Connection on USB port, page 193 Operation Entry/Exit No Enabled Low

(4865)

0x1801 BCIM update unsuccessful, page 188 Operation Pulse No Enabled Low

(6145)

218 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active Replacement

What’s in This Part
Presentation ................................................................................................ 220
Prepare the Replacement ............................................................................. 222
Obtain Data from MicroLogic Active Control Unit............................................. 223
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device ..................................... 224
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 Device ........................... 228
Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit.......................................................... 232
Perform a Primary Injection Test .................................................................... 238
Perform a Secondary Injection Test ............................................................... 241
Test the Microswitch ..................................................................................... 242
Prepare MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breaker Before Setting ................................ 243
Set Replacement MicroLogic Active Control Unit ............................................ 245

DOCA0265EN-04 219
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Presentation

Presentation
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Do not install a MicroLogic Active control unit with version number less than
004.000.000 in a MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker with performance level L1 or
H3.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The replacement procedure described in this guide specifically applies to:

• The replacement of a MicroLogic Active control unit embedded in a
MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker, by another MicroLogic Active control unit.
• The removal and reinstallation of a MicroLogic Active control unit embedded in
a MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker, for example during the replacement of an
accessory.
NOTE: Replacement of a MicroLogic Active control unit in
MasterPacT NT/NW circuit breakers must be carried out by accredited
Schneider Electric Services representatives or accredited Schneider Electric
certified partners.
In all cases, the replacement procedure must be followed by the compulsory tests
to perform after reinstallation of the MicroLogic Active control unit.

Replacement Process
Stage Description

1 Prepare the Replacement, page 222.

2 Obtain data from the initial MicroLogic Active control unit, page 223.

3 On site, prepare the MasterPacT MTZ1 circuit breaker, page 224 or MasterPacT
MTZ2/MTZ3 circuit breaker, page 228, before working on the equipment.

4 Replace the MicroLogic Active control unit, page 232.

5 Test the replacement MicroLogic Active control unit:

• Test the internal battery, page 22.
• Perform a Primary Injection Test, page 238.
• Perform a Secondary Injection Test, page 241.
• Test the Microswitch, page 242.

6 Prepare the MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker before setting, page 243.

7 Set data in the replacement MicroLogic Active control unit, page 245.

220 DOCA0265EN-04
Presentation MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

MicroLogic Active Replacement Video

To access a demonstration video about replacement of a MicroLogic Active
control unit, click here, scan the QR code, or copy and paste the link to your Web
browser:

[Link]

DOCA0265EN-04 221
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Prepare the Replacement

Prepare the Replacement

Replacement MicroLogic Active Control Units
For equivalent features the MicroLogic Active control unit can be replaced by a
MicroLogic Active control unit with the same part number, or it can be upgraded
with the corresponding spare MicroLogic Active control unit described in the
following table.

Initial MicroLogic Active control unit Replacement MicroLogic Active control unit

Description Part number Description Part number

MicroLogic Active 2.0 A control unit LV933071 MicroLogic Active 2.0 E spare part LV947600SP

MicroLogic Active 5.0 A control unit LV933072 MicroLogic Active 6.0 E spare part LV947603SP

MicroLogic Active 6.0 A control unit LV933073 MicroLogic Active 6.0 E spare part LV947603SP

MicroLogic Active 2.0 Econtrol unit LV947600 MicroLogic Active 2.0 E spare part LV947600SP

MicroLogic Active 5.0 E control unit LV947602 MicroLogic Active 6.0 E spare part LV947603SP

MicroLogic Active 6.0 E control unit LV947603 MicroLogic Active 6.0 E spare part LV947603SP

MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei control unit LV949603 MicroLogic Active 6.0 Ei spare part LV949603SP

MicroLogic Active 2.0 AP control unit with Zigbee LV933071W MicroLogic Active 2.0 EP spare part LV947600WSP
wireless communication
MicroLogic Active 5.0 AP control unit with Zigbee LV933072W MicroLogic Active 6.0 EP spare part LV947603WSP
wireless communication
MicroLogic Active 6.0 AP control unit with Zigbee LV933073W MicroLogic Active 6.0 EP spare part LV947603WSP
wireless communication
MicroLogic Active 2.0 AP control unit with Zigbee LV947600W MicroLogic Active 2.0 EP spare part LV947600WSP
wireless communication
MicroLogic Active 5.0 AP control unit with Zigbee LV947602W MicroLogic Active 6.0 EP spare part LV947603WSP
wireless communication
MicroLogic Active 6.0 AP control unit with Zigbee LV947603W MicroLogic Active 6.0 EP spare part LV947603WSP
wireless communication

Ordering Spare Parts

Use the MySchneider app, page 32 to order spare parts.

222 DOCA0265EN-04
Obtain Data from MicroLogic Active Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Obtain Data from MicroLogic Active Control Unit

The settings can be retrieved from the MicroLogic Active control unit, by manually
noting the settings displayed:
• On the MicroLogic Active HMI
• In EcoStruxure Power Device app

DOCA0265EN-04 223
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device

Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device

Safety Instructions

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E, CSA Z462, NOM 029-STPS, or
local equivalent.
• Manufacturer maintenance and repair activities must be conducted only by
accredited Schneider Electric Services representatives or accredited
Schneider Electric certified partners. Accreditation requires attending
Manufacturer training at one of the Schneider Electric training centers.
• Unless specified otherwise in the maintenance procedures, all operations
(inspection, test, and preventive maintenance) must be carried out with the
device, the chassis, and the auxiliary circuits de-energized.
• Check that the device and the chassis are de-energized on the upstream
and downstream terminals.
• Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that the
device, the chassis, and the auxiliary circuits are de-energized.
• Install safety barriers and display a danger sign.
• During the tests, it is strictly forbidden for anyone to touch the device, the
chassis, or the conductors while voltage is applied.
• Before turning on power to this equipment, check that all connections are
made with the correct tightening torque and the device is open (OFF
position).
• Before turning on power to this equipment, put all devices, doors, and covers
back in place.
• Before turning on power to this equipment, beware of potential hazards and
carefully inspect the work area for tools and objects that may have been left
inside the equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Procedure Definition
Procedure characteristics Description

Action Carry out preliminary operations before replacing the

MicroLogic Active control unit in a MasterPacT MTZ1 device.

Goal Put the MasterPacT MTZ1 device in a safe environment before

working on it.

Necessary tools • 5 mm flat-headed screwdriver

• PZ2 screwdriver
Reference documents, page DOCA0284•• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with
10 MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide

224 DOCA0265EN-04
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Preliminary Operations for Fixed MasterPacT MTZ1

Devices
Before working on the equipment, always manually open the circuit breaker by
pressing the opening pushbutton. This helps to prevent the circuit breaker from
opening automatically when you remove the MicroLogic Active control unit with
the circuit breaker closed.

Step Action

1 Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside the equipment.

2 Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that power is off.

3 Press the opening pushbutton to open the device.

4 Check that the position indicators show that the device is OFF and that the mechanism
is discharged.

5 Remove the rubber cover from the spring charging handle.

6 Remove the front cover of the terminal blocks and the front cover of the device.

DOCA0265EN-04 225
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device

Preliminary Operations for Drawout MasterPacT MTZ1

Devices

DANGER
HAZARD OF DEVICE FALLING
• Be sure that lifting equipment has lifting capacity for the device being lifted.
• Follow manufacturer’s instructions for use of lifting equipment.
• Wear hard hat, safety shoes, and heavy gloves.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Before working on the equipment, always manually open the circuit breaker by
pressing the opening pushbutton. This helps to prevent the circuit breaker from
opening automatically when you remove the MicroLogic Active control unit with
the circuit breaker closed.

Step Action

1 Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside the equipment.

2 Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that power is off.

3 Press the opening pushbutton to open the device.

4 Check that the position indicators show that the device is OFF and that the mechanism
is discharged.

5 Rack out the device and check that it is in the disconnected position.

6 Remove the device from the chassis.

226 DOCA0265EN-04
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ1 Device MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action

7 Remove the rubber cover from the spring charging handle.

8 Remove the front cover of the device.

DOCA0265EN-04 227
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 Device

Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3

Device
Safety Instructions

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E, CSA Z462, NOM 029-STPS, or
local equivalent.
• Manufacturer maintenance and repair activities must be conducted only by
accredited Schneider Electric Services representatives or accredited
Schneider Electric certified partners. Accreditation requires attending
Manufacturer training at one of the Schneider Electric training centers.
• Unless specified otherwise in the maintenance procedures, all operations
(inspection, test, and preventive maintenance) must be carried out with the
device, the chassis, and the auxiliary circuits de-energized.
• Check that the device and the chassis are de-energized on the upstream
and downstream terminals.
• Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that the
device, the chassis, and the auxiliary circuits are de-energized.
• Install safety barriers and display a danger sign.
• During the tests, it is strictly forbidden for anyone to touch the device, the
chassis, or the conductors while voltage is applied.
• Before turning on power to this equipment, check that all connections are
made with the correct tightening torque and the device is open (OFF
position).
• Before turning on power to this equipment, put all devices, doors, and covers
back in place.
• Before turning on power to this equipment, beware of potential hazards and
carefully inspect the work area for tools and objects that may have been left
inside the equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Procedure Definition
Procedure characteristics Description

Action Carry out preliminary operations before replacing the

MicroLogic Active control unit in a MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 device.

Goal Put the MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 device in a safe environment

before working on it.

Necessary tools PZ3 screwdriver

Reference documents, page DOCA0285•• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers with
10 MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide

228 DOCA0265EN-04
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 Device MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Preliminary Operations for Fixed MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3

Devices
Before working on the equipment, always manually open the circuit breaker by
pressing the opening pushbutton. This helps to prevent the circuit breaker from
opening automatically when you remove the MicroLogic Active control unit with
the circuit breaker closed.

Step Action

1 Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside the equipment.

2 Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that power is off.

3 Press the opening pushbutton to open the device.

4 Check that the position indicators show that the device is OFF and that the mechanism
is discharged.

5 Remove the front cover of the device.

Preliminary Operations for Drawout MasterPacT

MTZ2/MTZ3 Devices

DANGER
HAZARD OF DEVICE FALLING
• Be sure that lifting equipment has lifting capacity for the device being lifted.
• Follow manufacturer’s instructions for use of lifting equipment.
• Wear hard hat, safety shoes, and heavy gloves.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

DOCA0265EN-04 229
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 Device

Before working on the equipment, always manually open the circuit breaker by
pressing the opening pushbutton. This helps to prevent the circuit breaker from
opening automatically when you remove the MicroLogic Active control unit with
the circuit breaker closed.

Step Action

1 Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside the equipment.

2 Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that power is off.

3 Press the opening pushbutton to open the device.

4 Check that the position indicators show that the device is OFF and that the mechanism
is discharged.

5 Rack out the device and check that it is in the disconnected position.

230 DOCA0265EN-04
Preliminary Operations for MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 Device MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action

6 Remove the device from the chassis.

7 Remove the front cover of the device.

DOCA0265EN-04 231
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Safety Instructions

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E, CSA Z462, NOM 029-STPS, or
local equivalent.
• Manufacturer maintenance and repair activities must be conducted only by
accredited Schneider Electric Services representatives or accredited
Schneider Electric certified partners. Accreditation requires attending
Manufacturer training at one of the Schneider Electric training centers.
• Unless specified otherwise in the maintenance procedures, all operations
(inspection, test, and preventive maintenance) must be carried out with the
device, the chassis, and the auxiliary circuits de-energized.
• Check that the device and the chassis are de-energized on the upstream
and downstream terminals.
• Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that the
device, the chassis, and the auxiliary circuits are de-energized.
• Install safety barriers and display a danger sign.
• During the tests, it is strictly forbidden for anyone to touch the device, the
chassis, or the conductors while voltage is applied.
• Before turning on power to this equipment, check that all connections are
made with the correct tightening torque and the device is open (OFF
position).
• Before turning on power to this equipment, put all devices, doors, and covers
back in place.
• Before turning on power to this equipment, beware of potential hazards and
carefully inspect the work area for tools and objects that may have been left
inside the equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Procedure Definition
Procedure characteristics Description

Action
• Remove a MicroLogic Active control unit from a MasterPacT
circuit breaker and install a replacement one.
• Remove a MicroLogic Active control unit from a MasterPacT
circuit breaker and reinstall it after installation of an accessory.

Goal • Replace a MicroLogic Active control unit.

• Install an accessory.

Frequency On demand

Special indications –

232 DOCA0265EN-04
Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Procedure characteristics Description

Necessary tools • PZ1 screwdriver

• Thin flat-headed screwdriver
• Adjustable external AC/DC power supply
• Torx T20 screwdriver
Reference documents, page • DOCA0284•• MasterPacT MTZ1 IEC Circuit Breakers with
10 MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide
• DOCA0285•• MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 IEC Circuit Breakers
with MicroLogic Active Control Unit - User Guide
• DOCA0306•• MasterPacT MTZ IEC Circuit Breakers with
MicroLogic Active Control Unit - End-User Maintenance
Procedures

DOCA0265EN-04 233
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Removal Procedure

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Do not damage any wire in a wiring loom. Any damage may require the
replacement of the wiring loom or the breaking block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
DISCONNECTED OR LOOSE WIRES
While removing a terminal block, pull it by holding the sides, not the wires.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following procedure applies to MasterPacT MTZ1 and MasterPacT

MTZ2/MTZ3 circuit breakers, unless otherwise indicated.

Step Action Illustration

1 Before working on the equipment, prepare

the MasterPacT MTZ1 circuit breaker, page
224 or MasterPacT MTZ2/MTZ3 circuit
breaker, page 228.
NOTE: There is no need to unscrew the
terminal blocks cover. It is
recommended to keep it in place.

2 Remove and dispose of the battery in

accordance with end-of-life instructions.
3 Unscrew the two screws of the
MicroLogic Active control unit by using a
Torx T20 screwdriver.

4 Carefully extract the MicroLogic Active

control unit. There is no need to remove the
performer and sensor plugs.

234 DOCA0265EN-04
Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action Illustration

5 Unclip the optional microswitch connector on

the top left side, on the back of the
MicroLogic Active control unit.

6 Unclip the connector on the bottom left side

on the back of the MicroLogic Active control
unit, by pressing the connector clip.

Extract the wiring from its housing and keep

it for installation of the new
MicroLogic Active control unit.

7 Unclip the optional BCIM module connector

on the back of the MicroLogic Active control
unit.

8 Dispose of the MicroLogic Active control unit

in accordance with the end-of-life
instructions.

Installation Procedure

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• Do not damage the wires in a wiring loom. Any damage may require the
replacement of the wiring loom or the breaking block.
• Tighten the MicroLogic Active control unit screws to a torque of
0.8 +/-0.1 N•m (7.1 +/-0.9 lb-in).
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following procedure applies to MasterPacT MTZ1 and MasterPacT

MTZ2/MTZ3 circuit breakers, unless otherwise indicated.

DOCA0265EN-04 235
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action Illustration

1 Check the commercial reference, page 222

of the MicroLogic Active control unit.

2 Remove the battery strip to activate the

battery, as described in the instruction
sheets for MasterPacT MTZ circuit breakers,
page 10.

3 i
Check the battery by using the button,
page 22

4 Clip the connector on the bottom left side on

the back of the MicroLogic Active control
unit.

Route the wiring through its housing.

5 If the optional microswitch connector was

installed:
1. Remove the microswitch housing cover
from the replacement MicroLogic Active
control unit.
2. Clip the microswitch connector on the top
left side, on the back of the
MicroLogic Active control unit.

6 If the optional BCIM module was installed,

clip the BCIM module on the back of the
MicroLogic Active control unit.

236 DOCA0265EN-04
Replace MicroLogic Active Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action Illustration

7 Carefully install the MicroLogic Active

control unit onto the base without damaging
or pinching the wires.

8 While applying pressure to the control unit,

tighten the MicroLogic Active screws by
using a Torx T20 screwdriver:
1. Tighten the bottom screw to a torque of
0.8 +/-0.1 N•m (7.1 +/-0.9 lb-in).
2. Tighten the top screw to a torque of 0.8
+/-0.1 N•m (7.1 +/-0.9 lb-in).

9 Perform a manual opening/closing of the

circuit breaker, (follow procedure
Mechanism NII_ZA_1 in MasterPacT MTZ
IEC Circuit Breakers with MicroLogic Active
Control Unit - End-User Maintenance
Procedures).

10 Reinstall the front cover of the circuit

breaker.

DOCA0265EN-04 237
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Perform a Primary Injection Test

Perform a Primary Injection Test

Description

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Perform a primary injection test to check that the MicroLogic Active control unit
is able to provide standard protection functions.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

A primary injection test is mandatory to check that trip system connections have
been correctly made and that the MicroLogic Active control unit is able to provide
standard protection functions, for example tripping the circuit breaker in case of an
electrical network incident. The test is performed by injecting a controlled current
from an external power source, into the primary circuit of the circuit breaker.

Preparing the Primary Injection Test

A wiring diagram of the primary injection test kit for MasterPacT MTZ1 and
MasterPacT MTZ2 circuit breakers is illustrated below.
P
230 Vac
N

B1

CTR1
T1

B2 P.B.

P R1
24 Vac J1
N

Use 2.5 mm2 cables between R1 and CTR1.

B1 MCB circuit breaker 10 A

T1 Transformer 250 VA
B2 MCB circuit breaker 16 A
CTR1 Control relay

P.B. Pushbutton
R1 Resistance 300 W - 2.2 Ohms
J1 Jaws for connection to the upstream and equivalent downstream of one pole

238 DOCA0265EN-04
Perform a Primary Injection Test MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Bill of Materials
Schneider Electric recommends the following components for the primary injection
test kit for MasterPacT MTZ1 and MasterPacT MTZ2 circuit breakers.

Schematic Item Supplier Reference Quantity

reference
B1 Circuit breaker DT40 – 10 A + Vigi 30 mA Schneider Electric A9D55610 1

T1 Transformer 250VA 220 Vac – 24 Vac BLOCK FST 250/24 1

B2 Circuit breaker DT40 – 16 A + Vigi 30 mA Schneider Electric A9N21025+ 1

A9N21454
CTR1 Auxiliary Zelio relay Schneider Electric RSB2A080B7 1

P.B Pushbutton with normally open contact Schneider Electric XB4BL41 1

R1 Resistor 2.2 ohms – 300 W WIDAP 160169 1

Conrad 1525215 1
J1 Jaws GRELUMA ZL373LUM 2
– Terminal block for multimeter connection Schneider Electric 47075 2

NOTE: For the MasterPacT MTZ3 primary injection test kit, contact Schneider
Electric Customer Care.

Performing the Primary Injection Test

Step Action

1 Disconnect the circuit breaker from the switchboard network before starting.

2 Charge the mechanism by pulling the spring charging handle down seven times.

3 Close the circuit breaker by pressing the closing pushbutton on the front of the circuit
breaker.
4 Connect the primary circuit of the circuit breaker to the kit using the jaws (J1), as shown in
the wiring diagram above.
• Use 10 A 24 Vac for MasterPacT MTZ1 and MasterPacT MTZ2 circuit breakers.
• Use 30 A 24 Vac for MasterPacT MTZ3 circuit breakers.
Connect the external power source to the upstream and downstream of one pole.

5 • Connect the positive probe of the multimeter to M1 on the UC1 terminal block.
• Connect the negative probe of the multimeter to M3 on the UC2 terminal block.

6 Press the pushbutton to inject current into the circuit breaker.

7 Wait until the voltage reading is greater than 1 Vdc.

8 The test passes if the measured voltage is greater than 1 Vdc.

DOCA0265EN-04 239
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Perform a Primary Injection Test

Example of a Primary Injection Test Kit

A Circuit breaker block

B Jaw connected to upstream pole

C Primary injection test kit

D Jaw connected to downstream pole

240 DOCA0265EN-04
Perform a Secondary Injection Test MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Perform a Secondary Injection Test

Description
A secondary injection test is used to check long-time, short-time and
instantaneous overcurrent protection functions. The secondary injection test is
performed by running the automatic trip curve test function of EcoStruxure Power
Commission software.

Preparing the Secondary Injection Test

Necessary tools:
• A PC running EcoStruxure Power Commission software
• A USB-A to USB-C cable (RS PRO, reference: 251-3298)

Performing the Secondary Injection Test

Follow this procedure to run the automatic trip curve test using simulated
secondary injection.

Step Action

1 Close the circuit breaker.

2 If the circuit breaker is equipped with an MN undervoltage release, either connect it to
the power supply with its rated voltage or remove the MN undervoltage release.

3 Use a cable to connect a PC running EcoStruxure Power Commission software, to the

USB-C port on the front face of the MicroLogic Active control unit.

4 On EcoStruxure Power Commission software, select the circuit breaker and connect to
it.
5 In the Device Check up section, click the Device tab.

6 Select the Automatic Trip Test section.

7 Select Preconfigured test point.

8 Select the overcurrent protection to be tested.

9 Click Run Test.

10 Check that the circuit breaker trips.

11 Check that the blue fault-trip reset button has popped out

12 Check that the related trip cause LED is blinking red.

13 Check the SDE contacts have switched.

14 After the test, reset the circuit breaker.

DOCA0265EN-04 241
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Test the Microswitch

Test the Microswitch

Test the Microswitch by Using ULP Wired Communication
Test the microswitch by verifying that the status of the circuit breaker can be read
from the Modbus tables.
For more information, refer to DOCA0384•• MasterPacT, ComPacT, PowerPacT
Circuit Breakers - Modbus Communication - User Guide, page 10

Test the Microswitch by Using Zigbee Wireless

Communication
For MicroLogic Active AP/EP control units, test the microswitch by verifying that
the status of the circuit breaker is available on Panel Server webpages.

Step Action

1 Select the Monitoring & Control menu on Panel Server webpages.

2 Select the MasterPacT MTZ circuit breaker with MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit to
test, from the list of connected devices.

3 Check the circuit breaker status.

4 If the circuit breaker status (open or closed), displayed on Panel Server webpages does
not match the actual status of the circuit breaker, the microswitches are not correctly
connected to the MicroLogic Active AP/EP control unit. Repeat the procedure to
replace the control unit, page 232.

If the problem persists, contact your Schneider Electric Services representative.

242 DOCA0265EN-04
Prepare MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breaker Before Setting MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Prepare MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breaker Before

Setting
Preparing Fixed MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breakers
Step Action

1 Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside the equipment.

2 Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that power is off.

3 Press the opening pushbutton to open the circuit breaker.

4 Check that the position indicators show that the circuit breaker is OFF and that the
mechanism is discharged.

Preparing Drawout MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breakers

DANGER
HAZARD OF DEVICE FALLING
• Be sure that lifting equipment has lifting capacity for the device being lifted.
• Follow manufacturer’s instructions for use of lifting equipment.
• Wear hard hat, safety shoes, and heavy gloves.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Step Action

1 Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside the equipment.

2 Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that power is off.

3 Press the opening pushbutton to open the circuit breaker.

DOCA0265EN-04 243
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Prepare MasterPacT MTZ Circuit Breaker Before Setting

Step Action

4 Install the circuit breaker in the chassis.

5 Rack-in the circuit breaker in Test position.

6 Check that the position indicators show that the circuit breaker is OFF, in test position, and
the mechanism is discharged.

244 DOCA0265EN-04
Set Replacement MicroLogic Active Control Unit MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Set Replacement MicroLogic Active Control Unit

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
• The replacement MicroLogic Active control unit must be configured and
protections must be set before turning on power to the equipment.
• The replacement MicroLogic Active control unit must be configured and set
only by qualified personnel, using the results of the installation protection
system study.
• During commissioning of the installation and following any modification,
check that the MicroLogic Active configuration and protection function
settings are consistent with the results of this study.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

After completing the replacement, parameters must be set into the replacement
MicroLogic Active control unit. The setting procedure varies according to the type
of replacement.

Setting After Replacement of MicroLogic Active Control

Unit
Step Action

1 Check that the battery strip has been removed.

2 If installed, configure the BCIM module, page 246.

3 Set the circuit breaker information, page 245 for the replacement
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit on the MicroLogic Active HMI.

4 Manually configure the protection settings and other settings of the replacement
MicroLogic Active E/EP/Ei control unit on the MicroLogic Active HMI.
• Set the date and time.
• Set the protection settings available according to the type of MicroLogic Active
control unit, and defined by the installation protection system study. See Protection
Setting Procedure, page 59.
• Set the other settings, defined by the application.

5 In the case of replacement of MicroLogic Active 5.0 A/E control unit by

MicroLogic Active 6.0 E control unit, or replacement of MicroLogic Active 5.0 AP/EP
control unit by MicroLogic Active 6.0 EP control unit, manually disable ground-fault
protection with EcoStruxure Power Commission software.

Set the Circuit Breaker Information

Step Action

1 Set the circuit breaker information on the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the
tree navigation menu, at Maintenance > Replacement, page 73.

2 Scroll down to Manuf. Maint to set the number of months since the last manufacturer
maintenance.

DOCA0265EN-04 245
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Set Replacement MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Step Action

3 Scroll down to Contact Wear to set the wear of the contacts as a percentage. Use the
contact wear previously read from the initial MicroLogic Active control unit.

4 Scroll down to ID to set the identification parameters of the circuit breaker. Select the
correct value from each menu:
• Range: select the circuit breaker range
• Rating: select the circuit breaker rating
• Performance: select the circuit breaker performance
Read the rating plate on the front cover of the circuit breaker to obtain the relevant
information. If an invalid circuit breaker configuration is entered, a pop-up message
appears, asking you to review the parameters.

Configure the BCIM Module

Step Action

1 Configure the BCIM module on the MicroLogic Active display screen, from the tree
navigation menu, at Configuration > BCIM, page 75.

2 Scroll down to BCIM to indicate the presence of the BCIM module in the circuit breaker.

3 Scroll down to Coil XF to enable control of the XF communicating closing voltage

release by the BCIM module.

4 Scroll down to Coil MX to enable control of the MX communicating opening voltage

release by the BCIM module.

246 DOCA0265EN-04
 MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit

Appendices
What’s in This Part
Licensing Information ................................................................................... 248

DOCA0265EN-04 247
MasterPacT MTZ - MicroLogic Active Control Unit Licensing Information

Licensing Information
Licensing Information for Cryptographic Software
Copyright © 1995-1997 Eric Young (eay@[Link]).
Copyright © 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Copyright © 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@[Link]).
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit ([Link]
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT “AS IS” AND
ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Licensing Information for USB Communication

Copyright © 2010 Texas Instruments Incorporated ([Link]
This product includes software developed by Texas Instruments Incorporated
([Link]
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

248 DOCA0265EN-04
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92500 Rueil Malmaison
France
+ 33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
[Link]

As standards, specifications, and design change from time to time, please ask for confirmation
of the information given in this publication.

© 2025 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

DOCA0265EN-04